Compare commits

..
29 Commits
Author SHA1 Message Date
Martin Herkt 10a005df0c Release 0.23.0 2016-12-25 14:12:38 +01:00
Martin Herkt b3d670a3e1 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-12-25 13:28:05 +01:00
Martin Herkt 1d4273cfb5 Release 0.22.0 2016-11-20 18:16:02 +01:00
Martin Herkt 8700700de8 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-11-20 18:15:08 +01:00
Martin Herkt e6b85c9170 Release 0.21.0 2016-10-19 23:10:13 +02:00
Martin Herkt 5d74fa7dc0 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-10-19 19:09:00 +02:00
Martin Herkt c226bc7616 Release 0.20.0 2016-08-26 19:40:58 +02:00
Martin Herkt e60a36bd4e Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-08-26 19:15:57 +02:00
Martin Herkt ef2d6ed125 Release 0.19.0 2016-08-15 16:10:59 +02:00
Martin Herkt fd1bc95b48 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-08-15 15:19:29 +02:00
Martin Herkt 1e00bcc14c Release 0.18.1 2016-07-10 02:20:08 +02:00
Martin Herkt 7635438592 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-07-10 01:06:17 +02:00
Martin Herkt 69e7b0d3ea Release 0.18.0 2016-06-25 03:23:40 +02:00
Martin Herkt ad56f2c46a Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-06-25 02:25:44 +02:00
Martin Herkt 0536841647 Release 0.17.0 2016-04-11 19:10:54 +02:00
Martin Herkt 0803f4ad21 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-04-11 17:42:55 +02:00
Martin Herkt 9d2980dab7 Release 0.16.0 2016-02-29 00:22:04 +01:00
Martin Herkt 21cd4ff05b Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-02-28 23:31:51 +01:00
Martin Herkt d1d6257731 Release 0.15.0 2016-01-18 07:28:12 +01:00
Martin Herkt ba9b2f1e49 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2016-01-18 07:27:03 +01:00
Martin Herkt e1993d5ad2 Release 0.14.0 2015-12-11 19:20:29 +01:00
Martin Herkt 0607dcebff Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2015-12-11 18:33:38 +01:00
Martin Herkt a33a44cf4e Release 0.13.0 2015-11-10 19:14:14 +01:00
Martin Herkt 273607c1c6 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2015-11-10 18:45:08 +01:00
Martin Herkt 5b7d0fbab3 Release 0.12.0 2015-10-29 03:49:43 +01:00
Martin Herkt ec567d8a77 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2015-10-29 02:56:49 +01:00
Martin Herkt f8c57433b9 Release 0.11.0 2015-09-23 01:13:22 +02:00
Martin Herkt ead2933792 Merge branch 'master' into release/current 2015-09-23 01:12:42 +02:00
Martin Herkt 181e1377b2 Release 0.10.0 2015-09-03 19:59:59 +02:00
595 changed files with 33018 additions and 51718 deletions

No files matched your search

+2 -5
View File
@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
### mpv version and platform
If you're not using git master or the latest release, update.
Releases are listed here: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases
### Reproduction steps
@@ -16,11 +15,9 @@ http://sprunge.us or a similar site, and replace this text with a link to it.
Providing a log file is strongly encouraged. It is very helpful for reproducing
bugs or getting important technical context. Without a log it might not be
possible to analyze and fix certain bugs, and your bug report will be closed
or ignored.
possible to analyze and fix certain bugs.
### Sample files
Sample files needed to reproduce this issue can be uploaded to https://0x0.st/
or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
Do not use garbage like "cloud storage", especially not Google Drive.
or similar sites. (Only needed if the issue cannot be reproduced without it.)
+8 -3
View File
@@ -2,11 +2,13 @@ language: c
os:
- linux
#- osx
- osx
env:
matrix:
- LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
- LIBAV=libav-stable
- LIBAV=libav-git
- LIBAV=ffmpeg-stable
- LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
global:
# Coverity token
- secure: "H21mSRlMhk4BKS0xHZvCFGJxteCP0hRVUxTuNfM2Z9HBsyutuLEYMtViLO86VtM+Tqla3xXPzUdS4ozLwI72Ax/5ZUDXACROj73yW6QhFB5D6rLut12+FjqC7M33Qv2hl0xwgNBmR5dsm1ToP37+Wn+ecJQNvN8fkTXF+HVzOEw="
@@ -24,12 +26,16 @@ branches:
matrix:
exclude:
- os: osx
env: LIBAV=libav-stable
- os: osx
env: LIBAV=libav-git
- os: osx
env: LIBAV=ffmpeg-git
- os: osx
compiler: gcc
- os: linux
env: LIBAV=ffmpeg-stable
- os: linux
compiler: clang
@@ -38,7 +44,6 @@ script:
- ./bootstrap.py
- ./waf configure
- ./waf build
after_failure: cat ./build/config.log
after_script: TOOLS/travis-rebuild-website
notifications:
+19 -87
View File
@@ -1,95 +1,27 @@
mpv is a fork of mplayer2, which is a fork of MPlayer.
mpv as a whole is licensed under the GNU General Public License GPL version 2
or later (called GPLv2+ in this document, see LICENSE.GPL for full license
text) by default, or the GNU Lesser General Public License LGPL version 2 or
later (LGPLv2.1+ in this document, see LICENSE.LGPL for full license text) if
built with the --enable-lgpl configure switch.
mpv as a whole is licensed as GPL version 2 or later (see LICENSE). Most source
files are GPLv2+, but some files are available under a more liberal license,
such as LGPLv2.1+, BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the copyright
header of each source file, and grep the sources for "Copyright" if you need
to know details. Files without Copyright notice are licensed as LGPLv2.1+.
Most source files are LGPLv2.1+ or GPLv2+, but some files are available under
more liberal licenses, such as BSD, MIT, ISC, and possibly others. Look at the
copyright header of each source file, and grep the sources for "Copyright" if
you need to know details. C source files without Copyright notice are usually
licensed as LGPLv2.1+. Also see the list of files with specific licenses below
(not all files can have a standard license header).
All new contributions must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed. Using a more liberal license
compatible to LGPLv2.1+ is also ok.
If changes are done on GPL code, must come with the implicit agreement that the
project can relicense the changes to LGPLv2.1+ at a later point without asking
the contributor. This is a safeguard for making potential relicensing of
remaining GPL code to LGPLv2.1+ easier.
All new contributions must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or if the changes are done on
GPL code, must come with the implicit agreement that the project can relicense
the code to LGPLv2.1+ at a later point without asking the contributor. (This
is a safeguard for making potential relicensing of the project to LGPLv2.1+
easier.) Using a more liberal license compatible to LGPLv2.1+ is also ok.
For information about authors and contributors, consult the git log, which
contains the complete SVN and CVS history as well.
Note that mplayer2 as a whole is licensed under GPLv3+. This is because it uses
a copy of talloc (part of Samba), which is LGPLv3+, and the next compatible
license for this mix is GPLv3+.
MPlayer as a whole is licensed under GPLv2 (incompatible to GPLv3!), because
some files are licensed to GPLv2 (and _not_ any later version of the license).
In particular, this affects the file libmpdemux/demux_ty_osd.c. It is disabled
under mplayer2, and has been removed from mpv.
"v2.1+" in this context means "version 2.1 or later".
Some libraries are GPLv2+ or GPLv3+ only. Building mpv with Samba support makes
it GPLv3+.
mpv can be built as LGPLv2.1+ with the --enable-lgpl configure option. To add
a LGPL mode to mpv, MPlayer code had to be relicensed from GPLv2+ to LGPLv2.1+
by asking the MPlayer authors for permission. Since permission could not be
obtained from everyone, LGPL mode disables the following features, some of
them quite central:
- no audio filtering, which breaks: --af, pitch correction, fine control over
downmix/upmix/resampling behavior
- Linux X11 video output
- BSD audio output via OSS
- NVIDIA/Linux hardware decoding (vdpau, although nvdec usually works)
- Linux TV input
- minor features: jack, DVD, CDDA, SMB, CACA, legacy direct3d VO
Some of these will be fixed in the future. The intended use for LGPL mode is
with libmpv, and currently it's not recommended to build mpv CLI in LGPL mode
at all.
The following files are still GPL only (--enable-lgpl disables them):
audio/filter/* will be replaced with new filter chain
audio/filter/af_format.c mostly LGPL (except af glue code)
audio/filter/af_lavc3enc.c as above
audio/filter/af_lavfi.c as above
audio/filter/af_scaletempo.c as above
audio/filter/af_rubberband.c as above
audio/out/ao_jack.c will stay GPL
audio/out/ao_oss.c will stay GPL
audio/audio.* needed by af code only
demux/demux_tv.c will stay GPL
stream/ai_* will stay GPL (TV code)
stream/audio_in.* will stay GPL (TV code)
stream/dvb* must stay GPL
stream/frequencies.* must stay GPL
stream/stream_cdda.c unknown
stream/stream_dvb.* must stay GPL
stream/stream_dvd.c unknown
stream/stream_dvd_common.* unknown
stream/stream_dvdnav.c unknown
stream/stream_smb.c will stay GPLv3
stream/stream_tv.c will stay GPL
stream/tv* will stay GPL
video/out/vo_caca.c unknown
video/out/vo_direct3d.c unknown
video/out/vo_vaapi.c probably impossible (some company's code)
video/out/vo_vdpau.c probably impossible (nVidia's code)
video/out/vo_x11.c probably impossible
video/out/vo_xv.c probably impossible
video/out/x11_common.* probably impossible
video/vdpau.c hard (GPL-only parts must be ifdefed)
video/vdpau.h unknown
video/vdpau_mixer.* actual code must be rewritten
DOCS/man/ GPLv2+
bootstrap.py unknown license, probably GPLv2+ or LGPLv2+
etc/mplayer-input.conf unknown license, probably GPLv2+
mpv.desktop unknown license, probably GPLv2+
etc/restore-old-bindings.conf unknown license, probably GPLv2+
The following files contain some optional GPL code (--enable-lgpl disables it):
options/parse_commandline.c dvd:// expansion
player/audio.c libaf glue code
None of the exceptions listed above affect the final binary if it's built as
LGPL. Linked libraries still can affect the final license (for example if
FFmpeg was built as GPL).
-12
View File
@@ -32,18 +32,6 @@ API changes
::
--- mpv 0.29.0 ---
1.26 - remove glMPGetNativeDisplay("drm") support
- add mpv_opengl_cb_window_pos and mpv_opengl_cb_drm_params and
support via glMPGetNativeDisplay() for using it
- make --stop-playback-on-init-failure=no the default in libmpv (just
like in mpv CLI)
--- mpv 0.27.0 ---
1.25 - remove setting "no-" options via mpv_set_option*(). (See corresponding
deprecation in 0.23.0.)
--- mpv 0.25.0 ---
1.24 - add a MPV_ENABLE_DEPRECATED preprocessor symbol, which can be defined
by the user to exclude deprecated API symbols from the C headers
--- mpv 0.23.0 ---
1.24 - the deprecated mpv_suspend() and mpv_resume() APIs now do nothing.
--- mpv 0.22.0 ---
+24 -19
View File
@@ -101,14 +101,11 @@ Installing MSYS2
1. Download an installer from https://msys2.github.io/
Both the i686 and the x86_64 version of MSYS2 can build 32-bit and 64-bit
mpv binaries when running on a 64-bit version of Windows, but the x86_64
version is preferred since the larger address space makes it less prone to
fork() errors.
It doesn't matter whether the i686 or the x86_64 version is used. Both can
build 32-bit and 64-bit binaries when running on a 64-bit version of Windows.
2. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64.exe``). **Note:** This is different from
the MSYS2 shell that is started from the final installation dialog. You must
close that shell and open a new one.
2. Start a MinGW-w64 shell (``mingw64.exe``). Note that this is different
from the MSYS2 shell that is started from the final installation dialog.
For a 32-bit build, use ``mingw32.exe``.
@@ -132,37 +129,45 @@ Installing mpv dependencies
```bash
# Install MSYS2 build dependencies and a MinGW-w64 compiler
pacman -S git python $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-{pkg-config,gcc}
pacman -S git mingw-w64-x86_64-pkg-config python mingw-w64-x86_64-gcc
# Install the most important MinGW-w64 dependencies. libass and lcms2 are also
# pulled in as dependencies of ffmpeg.
pacman -S $MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-{ffmpeg,libjpeg-turbo,lua51,angleproject-git}
# Install the most important MinGW-w64 dependencies. libass, libbluray and
# lcms2 are also pulled in as dependencies of ffmpeg.
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-ffmpeg mingw-w64-x86_64-libjpeg-turbo mingw-w64-x86_64-lua51
# Install additional (optional) dependencies
pacman -S mingw-w64-x86_64-libdvdnav mingw-w64-x86_64-libguess mingw-w64-x86_64-angleproject-git
```
For a 32-bit build, install ``mingw-w64-i686-*`` packages instead.
Building mpv
------------
Clone the latest mpv from git and install waf. **Note:** ``/usr/bin/python3``
is invoked directly here, since an MSYS2 version of Python is required.
Clone the latest mpv from git and install waf:
```bash
git clone https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv.git && cd mpv
/usr/bin/python3 bootstrap.py
./bootstrap.py
```
Finally, compile and install mpv. Binaries will be installed to
``/mingw64/bin`` or ``/mingw32/bin``.
``/mingw64/bin``.
```bash
/usr/bin/python3 waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --prefix=$MSYSTEM_PREFIX
/usr/bin/python3 waf install
# For a 32-bit build, use --prefix=/mingw32 instead
./waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
```
Or, compile and install both libmpv and mpv:
```bash
/usr/bin/python3 waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=$MSYSTEM_PREFIX
/usr/bin/python3 waf install
./waf configure CC=gcc.exe --check-c-compiler=gcc --enable-libmpv-shared --prefix=/mingw64
./waf install
# waf installs libmpv dll to the wrong directory, so fix it up
mv -f /mingw64/lib/mpv-1.dll /mingw64/bin/
```
Linking libmpv with MSVC programs
+19 -54
View File
@@ -17,14 +17,6 @@ Sending patches
- All new code must be LGPLv2.1+ licensed, or come with the implicit agreement
that it will be relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ later (see ``Copyright`` in the
repository root directory).
- You must be either the exclusive author of the patch, or acknowledge all
authors involved in the commit message. If you take 3rd party code, authorship
and copyright must be properly acknowledged. If the license of the code is not
LGPLv2.1+, this must be mentioned.
- Don't use fake names (something that looks like an actual names, and may be
someone else's name, but is not your legal name). Using a pseudonyms is
allowed if it can be used to identify or contact you, even if whatever
account you used to submit the patch dies.
- When creating pull requests, be sure to test your changes. If you didn't,
please say so in the pull request message.
- Write informative commit messages. Use present tense to describe the
@@ -32,9 +24,8 @@ Sending patches
the change.
- The subject line (the first line in a commit message) should contain a
prefix identifying the sub system, followed by a short description what
impact this commit has. This subject line and the commit message body
shouldn't be longer than 72 characters per line, because it messes up the
output of many git tools otherwise.
impact this commit has. This subject line shouldn't be longer than 72
characters, because it messes up the output of many git tools otherwise.
For example, you fixed a crash in af_volume.c:
@@ -63,14 +54,11 @@ Sending patches
additional cosmetic changes in the same file you're working on. But don't do
something like reformatting a whole file, and hiding an actual functional
change in the same commit.
- Changes to command line options (addition/modification/removal) must be
documented in options.rst. Changes to input properties or input commands must
be documented in input.rst. All changes to the user interface (options,
properties, commands) must be documented with a small note in
interface-changes.rst (although documenting additions is optional, and
obscure corner cases can potentially be skipped too). Changes to the libmpv
API must be reflected in the libmpv's headers doxygen, and should be
documented in client-api-changes.rst.
- If you add a new command line option, document it in options.rst. If you
add a new input property, document it in input.rst. Changes to the user
interface (options, properties, commands) should be documented in
interface-changes.rst. Changes to libmpv should be documented in
client-api-changes.rst.
Code formatting
---------------
@@ -113,16 +101,18 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
do_something();
}
```
- If the if has an else branch, both branches should use braces, even if they're
technically redundant.
- If the body of an if statement uses braces, the else branch should also
use braces (and reverse).
Example:
```C
if (a) {
one_line();
// do something
something();
something_else();
} else {
one_other_line();
one_line();
}
```
- If an if condition spans multiple physical lines, then put the opening brace
@@ -140,9 +130,12 @@ mpv uses C99 with K&R formatting, with some exceptions.
...
}
```
(If the if body is simple enough, this rule can be skipped.)
- Remove any trailing whitespace.
- If the file you're editing uses formatting different from from what is
described here, it's probably an old file from times when nobody followed a
consistent style. You're free to use the existing style, or the new style, or
to send a patch to reformat the file to the new style before making functional
changes.
General coding
--------------
@@ -158,35 +151,7 @@ General coding
- Prefer fusing declaration and initialization, rather than putting declarations
on the top of a block. Obvious data flow is more important than avoiding
mixing declarations and statements, which is just a C90 artifact.
- tech-overview.txt might help to get an overview how mpv is structured.
- If you add features that require intrusive changes, discuss them on the dev
channel first. There might be a better way to add a feature and it can avoid
wasted work.
Rules for git push access
-------------------------
Push access to the main git repository is handed out on an arbitrary basis. If
you got access, the following rules must be followed:
- You are expected to follow the general development rules as outlined in this
whole document.
- You must be present on the IRC dev channel when you push something.
- Anyone can push small fixes: typo corrections, small/obvious/uncontroversial
bug fixes, edits to the user documentation or code comments, and so on.
- You can freely make changes to parts of the code which you maintain. For
larger changes, it's recommended to let others review the changes first.
- You automatically maintain code if you wrote or modified most of it before
(e.g. you made larger changes to it before, did partial or full rewrites, did
major bug fixes, or you're the original author of the code). If there is more
than one maintainer, you may need to come to an agreement with the others how
to handle this to avoid conflict.
- As a maintainer, you can approve pushes by others to "your" code.
- If you approve or merge 3rd party changes, make sure they follow the general
development rules.
- Changes to user interface and public API must always be approved by the
project leader.
- Seasoned project members are allowed to revert commits that broke the build,
or broke basic functionality in a catastrophic way, and the developer who
broke it is unavailable. (Depending on severity.)
- Adhere to the CoC.
- The project leader is not bound by these rules.
+3 -40
View File
@@ -51,8 +51,7 @@ The rest of the lines belong to one of these classes:
1) An empty or commented line. A comment starts with ``#``, which must be the
first character in the line. The rest of the line (up until the next line
break) is ignored. An empty line has 0 bytes between two line feed bytes.
2) A header entry if the line starts with ``!``.
3) A segment entry in all other cases.
2) A segment entry in all other cases.
Each segment entry consists of a list of named or unnamed parameters.
Parameters are separated with ``,``. Named parameters consist of a name,
@@ -64,8 +63,8 @@ Syntax::
segment_entry ::= <param> ( <param> ',' )*
param ::= [ <name> '=' ] ( <value> | '%' <number> '%' <valuebytes> )
The ``name`` string can consist of any characters, except ``=%,;\n!``. The
``value`` string can consist of any characters except of ``,;\n!``.
The ``name`` string can consist of any characters, except ``=%,;\n``. The
``value`` string can consist of any characters except of ``,;\n``.
The construct starting with ``%`` allows defining any value with arbitrary
contents inline, where ``number`` is an integer giving the number of bytes in
@@ -95,42 +94,6 @@ to ``20``, ``param3`` to ``value,escaped``, ``param4`` to ``value2``.
Instead of line breaks, the character ``;`` can be used. Line feed bytes and
``;`` are treated equally.
Header entries start with ``!`` as first character after a line break. Header
entries affect all other file entries in the EDL file. Their format is highly
implementation specific. They should generally follow the file header, and come
before any file entries.
MP4 DASH
========
This is a header that helps implementing DASH, although it only provides a low
level mechanism.
If this header is set, the given url designates an mp4 init fragment. It's
downloaded, and every URL in the EDL is prefixed with the init fragment on the
byte stream level. This is mostly for use by mpv's internal ytdl support. The
ytdl script will call youtube-dl, which in turn actually processes DASH
manifests. It may work only for this very specific purpose and fail to be
useful in other scenarios. It can be removed or changed in incompatible ways
at any times.
Example::
!mp4_dash,init=url
The ``url`` is encoded as parameter value as defined in the general EDL syntax.
It's expected to point to an "initialization fragment", which will be prefixed
to every entry in the EDL on the byte stream level.
The current implementation will
- ignore stream start times
- use durations as hint for seeking only
- not adjust source timestamps
- open and close segments (i.e. fragments) as needed
- not add segment boundaries as chapter points
- require full compatibility between all segments (same codec etc.)
Timestamp format
================
+2 -6
View File
@@ -95,16 +95,12 @@ As the options for various devices can get complex, profiles can be used.
An example profile file for encoding is provided in
etc/encoding-profiles.conf in the source tree. This file is installed and loaded
by default. If you want to modify it, you can replace and it with your own copy
by doing::
by default (if libavfilter is enabled at compilation). If you want to modify
it, you can replace and it with your own copy by doing::
mkdir -p ~/.mpv
cp /etc/mpv/encoding-profiles.conf ~/.mpv/encoding-profiles.conf
Keep in mind that the default profile is the playback one. If you want to add
options that apply only in encoding mode, put them into a ``[encoding]``
section.
Refer to the top of that file for more comments - in a nutshell, the following
options are added by it::
-179
View File
@@ -19,185 +19,6 @@ Interface changes
::
--- mpv 0.28.0 ---
- rename --hwdec=mediacodec option to mediacodec-copy, to reflect
conventions followed by other hardware video decoding APIs
- drop previously deprecated --heartbeat-cmd and --heartbeat--interval
options
- rename --vo=opengl to --vo=gpu
- rename --opengl-backend to --gpu-context
- rename --opengl-shaders to --glsl-shaders
- rename --opengl-shader-cache-dir to --gpu-shader-cache-dir
- rename --opengl-tex-pad-x/y to --gpu-tex-pad-x/y
- rename --opengl-fbo-format to --fbo-format
- rename --opengl-gamma to --gamma-factor
- rename --opengl-debug to --gpu-debug
- rename --opengl-sw to --gpu-sw
- rename --opengl-vsync-fences to --swapchain-depth, and the interpretation
slightly changed. Now defaults to 3.
- rename the built-in profile `opengl-hq` to `gpu-hq`
- the semantics of --opengl-es=yes are slightly changed -> now requires GLES
- remove the (deprecated) alias --gpu-context=drm-egl
- remove the (deprecated) --vo=opengl-hq
- remove --opengl-es=force2 (use --opengl-es=yes --opengl-restrict=300)
- the --msg-level option now affects --log-file
- drop "audio-out-detected-device" property - this was unavailable on all
audio output drivers for quite a while (coreaudio used to provide it)
- deprecate --videotoolbox-format (use --hwdec-image-format, which affects
most other hwaccels)
- remove deprecated --demuxer-max-packets
- remove most of the deprecated audio and video filters
- remove the deprecated --balance option/property
- rename the --opengl-hwdec-interop option to --gpu-hwdec-interop, and
change some of its semantics: extend it take the strings "auto" and
"all". "all" loads all backends. "auto" behaves like "all" for
vo_opengl_cb, while on vo_gpu it loads nothing, but allows on demand
loading by the decoder. The empty string as option value behaves like
"auto". Old --hwdec values do not work anymore.
This option is hereby declared as unstable and may change any time - its
old use is deprecated, and it has very little use outside of debugging
now.
- change the --hwdec option from a choice to a plain string (affects
introspection of the option/property), also affects some properties
- rename --hwdec=rpi to --hwdec=mmal, sane for the -copy variant (no
backwards compatibility)
- deprecate the --ff-aid, --ff-vid, -ff-sid options and properties (there is
no replacement, but you can manually query the track property and use the
"ff-index" field to find the mpv track ID to imitate this behavior)
--- mpv 0.27.0 ---
- drop previously deprecated --field-dominance option
- drop previously deprecated "osd" command
- remove client API compatibility handling for "script", "sub-file",
"audio-file", "external-file" (these cases used to log a deprecation
warning)
- drop deprecated --video-aspect-method=hybrid option choice
- rename --hdr-tone-mapping to --tone-mapping (and generalize it)
- --opengl-fbo-format changes from a choice to a string. Also, its value
will be checked only on renderer initialization, rather than when the
option is set.
- Using opengl-cb now always assumes 8 bit per component depth, and dithers
to this size. Before, it tried to figure out the depth of the first
framebuffer that was ever passed to the renderer. Having GL framebuffers
with a size larger than 8 bit per component is quite rare. If you need
it, set the --dither-depth option instead.
- --lavfi-complex can now be set during runtime. If you set this in
expectation it would be applied only after a reload, you might observe
weird behavior.
- add --track-auto-selection to help with scripts/applications that
make exclusive use of --lavfi-complex.
- undeprecate --loop, and map it from --loop-playlist to --loop-file (the
deprecation was to make sure no API user gets broken by a sudden behavior
change)
- remove previously deprecated vf_eq
- remove that hardware deinterlace filters (vavpp, d3d11vpp, vdpaupp)
changed their deinterlacing-enabled setting depending on what the
--deinterlace option or property was set to. Now, a filter always does
what its filter options and defaults imply. The --deinterlace option and
property strictly add/remove its own filters. For example, if you run
"mpv --vf=vavpp --deinterlace=yes", this will insert another, redundant
filter, which is probably not what you want. For toggling a deinterlace
filter manually, use the "vf toggle" command, and do not set the
deinterlace option/property. To customize the filter that will be
inserted automatically, use --vf-defaults. Details how this works will
probably change in the future.
- remove deinterlace=auto (this was not deprecated, but had only a very
obscure use that stopped working with the change above. It was also
prone to be confused with a feature not implemented by it: auto did _not_
mean that deinterlacing was enabled on demand.)
- add shortened mnemonic names for mouse button bindings, eg. mbtn_left
the old numeric names (mouse_btn0) are deprecated
- remove mouse_btn3_dbl and up, since they are only generated for buttons
0-2 (these now print an error when sent from the 'mouse' command)
- rename the axis bindings to wheel_up/down/etc. axis scrolling and mouse
wheel scrolling are now conceptually the same thing
the old axis_up/down names remain as deprecated aliases
--- mpv 0.26.0 ---
- remove remaining deprecated audio device options, like --alsa-device
Some of them were removed in earlier releases.
- introduce --replaygain... options, which replace the same functionality
provided by the deprecated --af=volume:replaygain... mechanism.
- drop the internal "mp-rawvideo" codec (used by --demuxer=rawvideo)
- rename --sub-ass-style-override to --sub-ass-override, and rename the
`--sub-ass-override=signfs` setting to `--sub-ass-override=scale`.
- change default of --video-aspect-method to "bitstream". The "hybrid"
method (old default) is deprecated.
- remove property "video-params/nom-peak"
- remove option --target-brightness
- replace vf_format's `peak` suboption by `sig-peak`, which is relative to
the reference white level instead of in cd/m^2
- renamed the TRCs `st2084` and `std-b67` to `pq` and `hlg` respectively
- the "osd" command is deprecated (use "cycle osd-level")
- --field-dominance is deprecated (use --vf=setfield=bff or tff)
- --really-quiet subtle behavior change
- the deprecated handling of setting "no-" options via client API is dropped
- the following options change to append-by-default (and possibly separator):
--script
also, the following options are deprecated:
--sub-paths => --sub-file-paths
the following options are deprecated for setting via API:
"script" (use "scripts")
"sub-file" (use "sub-files")
"audio-file" (use "audio-files")
"external-file" (use "external-files")
(the compatibility hacks for this will be removed after this release)
- remove property `vo-performance`, and add `vo-passes` as a more general
replacement
- deprecate passing multiple arguments to -add/-pre options (affects the
vf/af commands too)
- remove --demuxer-lavf-cryptokey. Use --demux-lavf-o=cryptokey=<hex> or
--demux-lavf-o=decryption_key=<hex> instead (whatever fits your situation).
- rename --opengl-dumb-mode=no to --opengl-dumb-mode=auto, and make `no`
always disable it (unless forced on by hardware limitation).
- generalize --scale-clamp, --cscale-clamp etc. to accept a float between
0.0 and 1.0 instead of just being a flag. A value of 1.0 corresponds to
the old `yes`, and a value of 0.0 corresponds to the old `no`.
--- mpv 0.25.0 ---
- remove opengl-cb dxva2 dummy hwdec interop
(see git "vo_opengl: remove dxva2 dummy hwdec backend")
- remove ppm, pgm, pgmyuv, tga choices from the --screenshot-format and
--vo-image-format options
- the "jpeg" choice in the option above now leads to a ".jpg" file extension
- --af=drc is gone (you can use e.g. lavfi/acompressor instead)
- remove image_size predefined uniform from OpenGL user shaders. Use
input_size instead
- add --sub-filter-sdh
- add --sub-filter-sdh-harder
- remove --input-app-events option (macOS)
- deprecate most --vf and --af filters. Only some filters not in libavfilter
will be kept.
Also, you can use libavfilter filters directly (e.g. you can use
--vf=name=opts instead of --vf=lavfi=[name=opts]), as long as the
libavfilter filter's name doesn't clash with a mpv builtin filter.
In the long term, --vf/--af syntax might change again, but if it does, it
will switch to libavfilter's native syntax. (The above mentioned direct
support for lavfi filters still has some differences, such as how strings
are escaped.) If this happens, the non-deprecated builtin filters might be
moved to "somewhere else" syntax-wise.
- deprecate --loop - after a deprecation period, it will be undeprecated,
but changed to alias --loop-file
- add --keep-open-pause=no
- deprecate --demuxer-max-packets
- change --audio-file-auto default from "exact" to "no" (mpv won't load
files with the same filename as the video, but different extension, as
audio track anymore)
--- mpv 0.24.0 ---
- deprecate --hwdec-api and replace it with --opengl-hwdec-interop.
The new option accepts both --hwdec values, as well as named backends.
A minor difference is that --hwdec-api=no (which used to be the default)
now actually does not preload any interop layer, while the new default
("") uses the value of --hwdec.
- drop deprecated --ad/--vd features
- drop deprecated --sub-codepage syntax
- rename properties:
- "drop-frame-count" to "decoder-frame-drop-count"
- "vo-drop-frame-count" to "frame-drop-count"
The old names still work, but are deprecated.
- remove the --stream-capture option and property. No replacement.
(--record-file might serve as alternative)
- add --sub-justify
- add --sub-ass-justify
- internally there's a different way to enable the demuxer cache now
it can be auto-enabled even if the stream cache remains disabled
--- mpv 0.23.0 ---
- remove deprecated vf_vdpaurb (use "--hwdec=vdpau-copy" instead)
- the following properties now have new semantics:
+218 -6
View File
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ AUDIO FILTERS
Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The
syntax is:
``--af=...``
Setup a chain of audio filters. See ``--vf`` for the syntax.
``--af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Setup a chain of audio filters.
.. note::
@@ -15,11 +15,27 @@ syntax is:
wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
The ``--vf`` description describes how libavfilter can be used and how to
workaround deprecated mpv filters.
You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the
normal filter parameters.
See ``--vf`` group of options for info on how ``--af-defaults``, ``--af-add``,
``--af-pre``, ``--af-del``, ``--af-clr``, and possibly others work.
``--af-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Set defaults for each filter.
Audio filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list:
``--af-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
``--af-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>``
Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.
``--af-del=<index1[,index2,...]>``
Deletes the filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0,
negative numbers address the end of the list (-1 is the last).
``--af-clr``
Completely empties the filter list.
Available filters are:
@@ -91,6 +107,81 @@ Available filters are:
Select the libavcodec encoder used. Currently, this should be an AC-3
encoder, and using another codec will fail horribly.
``equalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10``
10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass
filters. This means that it works regardless of what type of audio is
being played back. The center frequencies for the 10 bands are:
=== ==========
No. frequency
=== ==========
0 31.25 Hz
1 62.50 Hz
2 125.00 Hz
3 250.00 Hz
4 500.00 Hz
5 1.00 kHz
6 2.00 kHz
7 4.00 kHz
8 8.00 kHz
9 16.00 kHz
=== ==========
If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center
frequency for a frequency band, then that band will be disabled. A known
bug with this filter is that the characteristics for the uppermost band
are not completely symmetric if the sample rate is close to the center
frequency of that band. This problem can be worked around by upsampling
the sound using a resampling filter before it reaches this filter.
``<g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>``
floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency
band (-12-12)
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi``
Would amplify the sound in the upper and lower frequency region
while canceling it almost completely around 1 kHz.
``channels=nch[:routes]``
Can be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If
only ``<nch>`` is given, the default routing is used. It works as follows:
If the number of output channels is greater than the number of input
channels, empty channels are inserted (except when mixing from mono to
stereo; then the mono channel is duplicated). If the number of output
channels is less than the number of input channels, the exceeding
channels are truncated.
``<nch>``
number of output channels (1-8)
``<routes>``
List of ``,`` separated routes, in the form ``from1-to1,from2-to2,...``.
Each pair defines where to route each channel. There can be at most
8 routes. Without this argument, the default routing is used. Since
``,`` is also used to separate filters, you must quote this argument
with ``[...]`` or similar.
.. admonition:: Examples
``mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi``
Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that
swap channel 0 and channel 1 and leave channel 2 and 3 intact.
Observe that if media containing two channels were played back,
channels 2 and 3 would contain silence but 0 and 1 would still be
swapped.
``mpv --af=channels=6:[0-0,0-1,0-2,0-3] media.avi``
Would change the number of channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that
copy channel 0 to channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain
silence.
.. note::
You should probably not use this filter. If you want to change the
output channel layout, try the ``format`` filter, which can make mpv
automatically up- and downmix standard channel layouts.
``format=format:srate:channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels``
Does not do any format conversion itself. Rather, it may cause the
filter system to insert necessary conversion filters before or after this
@@ -130,6 +221,127 @@ Available filters are:
used to do conversion itself, unlike this one which lets the filter system
handle the conversion.
``volume[=<volumedb>[:...]]``
Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it
can reduce the signal to noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is
best to use the *Master* volume control of your sound card or the volume
knob on your amplifier.
*NOTE*: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled
once for every audio stream.
``<volumedb>``
Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200 dB
to +60 dB, where -200 dB mutes the sound completely and +60 dB equals a
gain of 1000 (default: 0).
``replaygain-track``
Adjust volume gain according to the track-gain replaygain value stored
in the file metadata.
``replaygain-album``
Like replaygain-track, but using the album-gain value instead.
``replaygain-preamp``
Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain
(default: 0).
``replaygain-clip=yes|no``
Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering the
gain (default). Use ``replaygain-clip=no`` to disable this.
``replaygain-fallback``
Gain in dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option
is always applied if the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this
is applied, no other replaygain options are applied.
``softclip``
Turns soft clipping on. Soft-clipping can make the
sound more smooth if very high volume levels are used. Enable this
option if the dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low.
*WARNING*: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a
last resort.
``s16``
Force S16 sample format if set. Lower quality, but might be faster
in some situations.
``detach``
Remove the filter if the volume is not changed at audio filter config
time. Useful with replaygain: if the current file has no replaygain
tags, then the filter will be removed if this option is enabled.
(If ``--softvol=yes`` is used and the player volume controls are used
during playback, a different volume filter will be inserted.)
.. admonition:: Example
``mpv --af=volume=10.1 media.avi``
Would amplify the sound by 10.1 dB and hard-clip if the sound level
is too high.
``pan=n:[<matrix>]``
Mixes channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the
channels filter that can be used to down-mix many channels to only a few,
e.g. stereo to mono, or vary the "width" of the center speaker in a
surround sound system. This filter is hard to use, and will require some
tinkering before the desired result is obtained. The number of options for
this filter depends on the number of output channels. An example how to
downmix a six-channel file to two channels with this filter can be found
in the examples section near the end.
``<n>``
Number of output channels (1-8).
``<matrix>``
A list of values ``[L00,L01,L02,...,L10,L11,L12,...,Ln0,Ln1,Ln2,...]``,
where each element ``Lij`` means how much of input channel i is mixed
into output channel j (range 0-1). So in principle you first have n
numbers saying what to do with the first input channel, then n numbers
that act on the second input channel etc. If you do not specify any
numbers for some input channels, 0 is assumed.
Note that the values are separated by ``,``, which is already used
by the option parser to separate filters. This is why you must quote
the value list with ``[...]`` or similar.
.. admonition:: Examples
``mpv --af=pan=1:[0.5,0.5] media.avi``
Would downmix from stereo to mono.
``mpv --af=pan=3:[1,0,0.5,0,1,0.5] media.avi``
Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix
channels 0 and 1 into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a
subwoofer for example).
.. note::
If you just want to force remixing to a certain output channel layout,
it is easier to use the ``format`` filter. For example,
``mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1' '--audio-channels=5.1'`` would always force
remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.
This filter supports the following ``af-command`` commands:
``set-matrix``
Set the ``<matrix>`` argument dynamically. This can be used to change
the mixing matrix at runtime, without reinitializing the entire filter
chain.
``drc[=method:target]``
Applies dynamic range compression. This maximizes the volume by compressing
the audio signal's dynamic range. (Formerly called ``volnorm``.)
``<method>``
Sets the used method.
1
Use a single sample to smooth the variations via the standard
weighted mean over past samples (default).
2
Use several samples to smooth the variations via the standard
weighted mean over past samples.
``<target>``
Sets the target amplitude as a fraction of the maximum for the sample
type (default: 0.25).
.. note::
This filter can cause distortion with audio signals that have a very
large dynamic range.
``scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]``
Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback
speed (default).
+50 -13
View File
@@ -41,6 +41,9 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--oss-device``
Sets the audio output device (default: ``/dev/dsp``).
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
``--oss-mixer-device``
Sets the audio mixer device (default: ``/dev/mixer``).
``--oss-mixer-channel``
@@ -95,14 +98,11 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
setting in the ``Audio Devices`` dialog in the ``Audio MIDI Setup``
utility. Note that this does not affect the selected speaker setup.
``--coreaudio-spdif-hack=<yes|no>``
Try to pass through AC3/DTS data as PCM. This is useful for drivers
which do not report AC3 support. It converts the AC3 data to float,
and assumes the driver will do the inverse conversion, which means
a typical A/V receiver will pick it up as compressed IEC framed AC3
stream, ignoring that it's marked as PCM. This disables normal AC3
passthrough (even if the device reports it as supported). Use with
extreme care.
``--coreaudio-exclusive``
Deprecated, use ``--audio-exclusive``.
Use exclusive mode access. This merely redirects to
``coreaudio_exclusive``, but should be preferred over using that AO
directly.
``coreaudio_exclusive`` (Mac OS X only)
@@ -120,9 +120,11 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--pulse-host=<host>``
Specify the host to use. An empty <host> string uses a local connection,
"localhost" uses network transfer (most likely not what you want).
``--pulse-host=<host>``, ``--pulse-sink=<sink>``
Specify the host and optionally output sink to use. An empty <host>
string uses a local connection, "localhost" uses network transfer
(most likely not what you want).
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
``--pulse-buffer=<1-2000|native>``
Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers
@@ -216,13 +218,25 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
it will write a WAVE header every time the file is opened.
``rsound``
Audio output to an RSound daemon. Use ``--audio-device=rsound/<hostname>``
to set the host name (with ``<hostname>`` replaced, without the ``< >``).
Audio output to an RSound daemon
.. note:: Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not to be
confused with RoarAudio, which is something completely
different.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--rsound-host=<name/path>``
Set the address of the server (default: localhost). Can be either a
network hostname for TCP connections or a Unix domain socket path
starting with '/'.
``--rsound-port=<number>``
Set the TCP port used for connecting to the server (default: 12345).
Not used if connecting to a Unix domain socket.
These options are deprecated. If anyone cares enough, their functionality
can be added back using ``--audio-device``.
``sndio``
Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system
@@ -231,5 +245,28 @@ Available audio output drivers are:
(Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel
layouts.)
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--ao-sndio-device=<device>``
sndio device to use (default: ``$AUDIODEVICE``, resp. ``snd0``).
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
``wasapi``
Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.
The following global options are supported by this audio output:
``--ao-wasapi-exclusive``
Deprecated, use ``--audio-exclusive``.
Requests exclusive, direct hardware access. By definition prevents
sound playback of any other program until mpv exits.
``--ao-wasapi-device=<id>``
Deprecated, use ``--audio-device``.
Uses the requested endpoint instead of the system's default audio
endpoint. Both an ordinal number (0,1,2,...) and the GUID
String are valid; the GUID string is guaranteed to not change
unless the driver is uninstalled.
Also supports searching active devices by human-readable name. If more
than one device matches the name, refuses loading it.
+67 -184
View File
@@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ List of Input Commands
``multiply <property> <factor>``
Multiplies the value of a property with the numeric factor.
``screenshot [subtitles|video|window|single|each-frame]``
``screenshot [subtitles|video|window|- [single|each-frame]]``
Take a screenshot.
Multiple flags are available (some can be combined with ``+``):
First argument:
<subtitles> (default)
Save the video image, in its original resolution, and with subtitles.
@@ -182,16 +182,6 @@ List of Input Commands
frame was dropped. This flag can be combined with the other flags,
e.g. ``video+each-frame``.
Older mpv versions required passing ``single`` and ``each-frame`` as
second argument (and did not have flags). This syntax is still understood,
but deprecated and might be removed in the future.
Setting the ``async`` flag will make encoding and writing the actual image
file asynchronous in most cases. (``each-frame`` mode ignores this flag
currently.) Requesting async screenshots too early or too often could lead
to the same filenames being chosen, and overwriting each others in undefined
order.
``screenshot-to-file "<filename>" [subtitles|video|window]``
Take a screenshot and save it to a given file. The format of the file will
be guessed by the extension (and ``--screenshot-format`` is ignored - the
@@ -204,9 +194,6 @@ List of Input Commands
Like all input command parameters, the filename is subject to property
expansion as described in `Property Expansion`_.
The ``async`` flag has an effect on this command (see ``screenshot``
command).
``playlist-next [weak|force]``
Go to the next entry on the playlist.
@@ -346,6 +333,10 @@ List of Input Commands
events that have already been displayed, or are within a short prefetch
range.
``osd [<level>]``
Toggle OSD level. If ``<level>`` is specified, set the OSD mode
(see ``--osd-level`` for valid values).
``print-text "<string>"``
Print text to stdout. The string can contain properties (see
`Property Expansion`_).
@@ -362,11 +353,6 @@ List of Input Commands
<level>
The minimum OSD level to show the text at (see ``--osd-level``).
``expand-text "<string>"``
Property-expand the argument and return the expanded string. This can be
used only through the client API or from a script using
``mp.command_native``. (see `Property Expansion`_).
``show-progress``
Show the progress bar, the elapsed time and the total duration of the file
on the OSD.
@@ -462,10 +448,6 @@ Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
(If several filters are passed to the command, this is done for
each filter.)
A special variant is combining this with labels, and using ``@name``
without filter name and parameters as filter entry. This toggles the
enable/disable flag.
del
Remove the given filters from the video chain. Unlike in the other
cases, the second parameter is a comma separated list of filter names
@@ -501,16 +483,6 @@ Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
- ``b vf set ""`` remove all video filters on ``b``
- ``c vf toggle lavfi=gradfun`` toggle debanding on ``c``
.. admonition:: Example how to toggle disabled filters at runtime
- Add something ``vf-add=@deband:!lavfi=[gradfun]`` to ``mpv.conf``. The
``@deband:`` is the label, and ``deband`` is an arbitrary, user-given
name for this filter entry. The ``!`` before the filter name disables
the filter by default. Everything after this is the normal filter name
and the filter parameters.
- Add ``a vf toggle @deband`` to ``input.conf``. This toggles the
"disabled" flag for the filter identified with ``deband``.
``cycle-values ["!reverse"] <property> "<value1>" "<value2>" ...``
Cycle through a list of values. Each invocation of the command will set the
given property to the next value in the list. The command maintains an
@@ -701,12 +673,11 @@ Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
``screenshot-raw [subtitles|video|window]``
Return a screenshot in memory. This can be used only through the client
API. The MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP returned by this command has the ``w``, ``h``,
``stride`` fields set to obvious contents. The ``format`` field is set to
``stride`` fields set to obvious contents. A ``format`` field is set to
``bgr0`` by default. This format is organized as ``B8G8R8X8`` (where ``B``
is the LSB). The contents of the padding ``X`` are undefined. The ``data``
is the LSB). The contents of the padding ``X`` is undefined. The ``data``
field is of type MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY with the actual image data. The image
is freed as soon as the result mpv_node is freed. As usual with client API
semantics, you are not allowed to write to the image data.
is freed as soon as the result node is freed.
``vf-command "<label>" "<cmd>" "<args>"``
Send a command to the filter with the given ``<label>``. Use ``all`` to send
@@ -811,10 +782,8 @@ Input Command Prefixes
These prefixes are placed between key name and the actual command. Multiple
prefixes can be specified. They are separated by whitespace.
``osd-auto``
Use the default behavior for this command. This is the default for
``input.conf`` commands. Some libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs do not use this as
default, but use ``no-osd`` instead.
``osd-auto`` (default)
Use the default behavior for this command.
``no-osd``
Do not use any OSD for this command.
``osd-bar``
@@ -828,20 +797,11 @@ prefixes can be specified. They are separated by whitespace.
Combine osd-bar and osd-msg.
``raw``
Do not expand properties in string arguments. (Like ``"${property-name}"``.)
This is the default for some libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs.
``expand-properties``
``expand-properties`` (default)
All string arguments are expanded as described in `Property Expansion`_.
This is the default for ``input.conf`` commands.
``repeatable``
For some commands, keeping a key pressed doesn't run the command repeatedly.
This prefix forces enabling key repeat in any case.
``async``
Allow asynchronous execution (if possible). Note that only a few commands
will support this (usually this is explicitly documented). Some commands
are asynchronous by default (or rather, their effects might manifest
after completion of the command). The semantics of this flag might change
in the future. Set it only if you don't rely on the effects of this command
being fully realized when it returns.
All of the osd prefixes are still overridden by the global ``--osd-level``
settings.
@@ -913,8 +873,8 @@ Property list
``file-size``
Length in bytes of the source file/stream. (This is the same as
``${stream-end}``. For segmented/multi-part files, this will return the
size of the main or manifest file, whatever it is.)
``${stream-end}``. For ordered chapters and such, the
size of the currently played segment is returned.)
``estimated-frame-count``
Total number of frames in current file.
@@ -954,7 +914,8 @@ Property list
``stream-path``
Filename (full path) of the stream layer filename. (This is probably
useless and is almost never different from ``path``.)
useless. It looks like this can be different from ``path`` only when
using e.g. ordered chapters.)
``stream-pos``
Raw byte position in source stream. Technically, this returns the position
@@ -979,19 +940,15 @@ Property list
Total A-V sync correction done. Unavailable if audio or video is
disabled.
``decoder-frame-drop-count``
``drop-frame-count``
Video frames dropped by decoder, because video is too far behind audio (when
using ``--framedrop=decoder``). Sometimes, this may be incremented in other
situations, e.g. when video packets are damaged, or the decoder doesn't
follow the usual rules. Unavailable if video is disabled.
``drop-frame-count`` is a deprecated alias.
``frame-drop-count``
``vo-drop-frame-count``
Frames dropped by VO (when using ``--framedrop=vo``).
``vo-drop-frame-count`` is a deprecated alias.
``mistimed-frame-count``
Number of video frames that were not timed correctly in display-sync mode
for the sake of keeping A/V sync. This does not include external
@@ -1258,69 +1215,6 @@ Property list
Returns ``yes`` if the demuxer is idle, which means the demuxer cache is
filled to the requested amount, and is currently not reading more data.
``demuxer-cache-state``
Various undocumented or half-documented things.
Each entry in ``seekable-ranges`` represents a region in the demuxer cache
that can be seeked to. If there are multiple demuxers active, this only
returns information about the "main" demuxer, but might be changed in
future to return unified information about all demuxers. The ranges are in
arbitrary order. Often, ranges will overlap for a bit, before being joined.
In broken corner cases, ranges may overlap all over the place.
The end of a seek range is usually smaller than the value returned by the
``demuxer-cache-time`` property, because that property returns the guessed
buffering amount, while the seek ranges represent the buffered data that
can actually be used for cached seeking.
``fw-bytes`` is the number of bytes of packets buffered in the range
starting from the current decoding position.
When querying the property with the client API using ``MPV_FORMAT_NODE``,
or with Lua ``mp.get_property_native``, this will return a mpv_node with
the following contents:
::
MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
"seekable-ranges" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
"start" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
"end" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
"fw-bytes" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
Other fields (might be changed or removed in the future):
``eof``
True if the reader thread has hit the end of the file.
``underrun``
True if the reader thread could not satisfy a decoder's request for a
new packet.
``idle``
True if the thread is currently not reading.
``total-bytes``
Sum of packet bytes (plus some overhead estimation) of the entire packet
queue, including cached seekable ranges.
``fw-bytes``
Sum of packet bytes (plus some overhead estimation) of the readahead
packet queue (packets between current decoder reader positions and
demuxer position).
``demuxer-via-network``
Returns ``yes`` if the stream demuxed via the main demuxer is most likely
played via network. What constitutes "network" is not always clear, might
be used for other types of untrusted streams, could be wrong in certain
cases, and its definition might be changing. Also, external files (like
separate audio files or streams) do not influence the value of this
property (currently).
``demuxer-start-time`` (R)
Returns the start time reported by the demuxer in fractional seconds.
``paused-for-cache``
Returns ``yes`` when playback is paused because of waiting for the cache.
@@ -1338,8 +1232,8 @@ Property list
``seeking``
Returns ``yes`` if the player is currently seeking, or otherwise trying
to restart playback. (It's possible that it returns ``yes`` while a file
is loadedThis is because the same underlying code is used for seeking and
resyncing.)
is loaded, or when switching ordered chapter segments. This is because
the same underlying code is used for seeking and resyncing.)
``mixer-active``
Return ``yes`` if the audio mixer is active, ``no`` otherwise.
@@ -1437,8 +1331,8 @@ Property list
This is known only once the VO has opened (and possibly later). With some
VOs (like ``opengl``), this might be never known in advance, but only when
the decoder attempted to create the hw decoder successfully. (Using
``--gpu-hwdec-interop`` can load it eagerly.) If there are multiple
drivers loaded, they will be separated by ``,``.
``--hwdec-preload`` can load it eagerly.) If there are multiple drivers
loaded, they will be separated by ``,``.
If no VO is active or no interop driver is known, this property is
unavailable.
@@ -1500,12 +1394,12 @@ Property list
``video-params/gamma``
The gamma function in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)
``video-params/nom-peak``
The video encoding's nominal peak brightness as float.
``video-params/sig-peak``
The video file's tagged signal peak as float.
``video-params/light``
The light type in use as a string. (Exact values subject to change.)
``video-params/chroma-location``
Chroma location as string. (Exact values subject to change.)
@@ -1533,8 +1427,8 @@ Property list
"colorlevels" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"primaries" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"gamma" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"nom-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
"sig-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
"light" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"chroma-location" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"rotate" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
"stereo-in" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
@@ -1651,6 +1545,10 @@ Property list
This property is experimental and might be removed in the future.
``stream-capture`` (RW)
A filename, see ``--stream-capture``. Setting this will start capture using
the given filename. Setting it to an empty string will stop it.
``tv-brightness``, ``tv-contrast``, ``tv-saturation``, ``tv-hue`` (RW)
TV stuff.
@@ -1870,7 +1768,6 @@ Property list
MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each filter entry)
"name" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"label" MPV_FORMAT_STRING [optional]
"enabled" MPV_FORMAT_FLAG [optional]
"params" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP [optional]
"key" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"value" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
@@ -1927,43 +1824,32 @@ Property list
whether the video window is visible. If the ``--force-window`` option is
used, this is usually always returns ``yes``.
``vo-passes``
Contains introspection about the VO's active render passes and their
execution times. Not implemented by all VOs.
``vo-performance``
Some video output performance metrics. Not implemented by all VOs. This has
a number of sup-properties, of the form ``vo-performance/<metric>-<value>``,
all of them in milliseconds.
This is further subdivided into two frame types, ``vo-passes/fresh`` for
fresh frames (which have to be uploaded, scaled, etc.) and
``vo-passes/redraw`` for redrawn frames (which only have to be re-painted).
The number of passes for any given subtype can change from frame to frame,
and should not be relied upon.
``<metric>`` refers to one of:
Each frame type has a number of further sub-properties. Replace ``TYPE``
with the frame type, ``N`` with the 0-based pass index, and ``M`` with the
0-based sample index.
``upload``
Time needed to make the frame available to the GPU (if necessary).
``render``
Time needed to perform all necessary video postprocessing and rendering
passes (if necessary).
``present``
Time needed to present a rendered frame on-screen.
``vo-passes/TYPE/count``
Number of passes.
When a step is unnecessary or skipped, it will have the value 0.
``vo-passes/TYPE/N/desc``
Human-friendy description of the pass.
``<value>`` refers to one of:
``vo-passes/TYPE/N/last``
Last measured execution time, in nanoseconds.
``vo-passes/TYPE/N/avg``
Average execution time of this pass, in nanoseconds. The exact
timeframe varies, but it should generally be a handful of seconds.
``vo-passes/TYPE/N/peak``
The peak execution time (highest value) within this averaging range, in
nanoseconds.
``vo-passes/TYPE/N/count``
The number of samples for this pass.
``vo-passes/TYPE/N/samples/M``
The raw execution time of a specific sample for this pass, in
nanoseconds.
``last``
Last measured value.
``avg``
Average over a fixed number of past samples. (The exact timeframe
varies, but it should generally be a handful of seconds)
``peak``
The peak (highest value) within this averaging range.
When querying the property with the client API using ``MPV_FORMAT_NODE``,
or with Lua ``mp.get_property_native``, this will return a mpv_node with
@@ -1972,18 +1858,9 @@ Property list
::
MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
"TYPE" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
"desc" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
"last" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
"avg" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
"peak" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
"count" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
"samples" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
MP_FORMAT_INT64
"<metric>-<value>" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
Note that directly accessing this structure via subkeys is not supported,
the only access is through aforementioned ``MPV_FORMAT_NODE``.
(One entry for each ``<metric>`` and ``<value>`` combination)
``video-bitrate``, ``audio-bitrate``, ``sub-bitrate``
Bitrate values calculated on the packet level. This works by dividing the
@@ -2065,6 +1942,10 @@ Property list
``current-ao``
Current audio output driver (name as used with ``--ao``).
``audio-out-detected-device``
Return the audio device selected by the AO driver (only implemented for
some drivers: currently only ``coreaudio``).
``working-directory``
Return the working directory of the mpv process. Can be useful for JSON IPC
users, because the command line player usually works with relative paths.
@@ -2211,12 +2092,22 @@ caveats with some properties (due to historical reasons):
Option changes at runtime are affected by this as well.
``deinterlace``
While video is active, this behaves differently from the option. It will
never return the ``auto`` value (but the state as observed by the video
chain). If you set ``auto``, the property will set this as the option value,
and will return the actual video chain state as observed instead of auto.
``video-aspect``
While video is active, always returns the effective aspect ratio. Setting
a special value (like ``no``, values ``<= 0``) will make the property
set this as option, and return whatever actual aspect was derived from the
option setting.
``brightness`` (and other color options)
If ``--vo=xv`` is used, these properties may return the adapter's current
values instead of the option values.
``display-fps``
If a VO is created, this will return either the actual display FPS, or
an invalid value, instead of the option value.
@@ -2260,14 +2151,6 @@ caveats with some properties (due to historical reasons):
These properties behave different from the deprecated options with the same
names.
``profile``, ``include``
These are write-only, and will perform actions as they are written to,
exactly as if they were used on the mpv CLI commandline. Their only use is
when using libmpv before ``mpv_initialize()``, which in turn is probably
only useful in encoding mode. Normal libmpv users should use other
mechanisms, such as the ``apply-profile`` command, and the
``mpv_load_config_file`` API function. Avoid these properties.
Property Expansion
------------------
-8
View File
@@ -201,14 +201,6 @@ extra commands can also be used as part of the protocol:
{ "error": "success" }
{ "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" }
.. warning::
If the connection is closed, the IPC client is destroyed internally,
and the observed properties are unregistered. This happens for example
when sending commands to a socket with separate ``socat`` invocations.
This can make it seem like property observation does not work. You must
keep the IPC connection open to make it work.
``observe_property_string``
Like ``observe_property``, but the resulting data will always be a string.
-341
View File
@@ -1,341 +0,0 @@
JAVASCRIPT
==========
JavaScript support in mpv is near identical to its Lua support. Use this section
as reference on differences and availability of APIs, but otherwise you should
refer to the Lua documentation for API details and general scripting in mpv.
Example
-------
JavaScript code which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:
::
function on_pause_change(name, value) {
if (value == true)
mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no");
}
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change);
Similarities with Lua
---------------------
mpv tries to load a script file as JavaScript if it has a ``.js`` extension, but
otherwise, the documented Lua options, script directories, loading, etc apply to
JavaScript files too.
Script initialization and lifecycle is the same as with Lua, and most of the Lua
functions at the modules ``mp``, ``mp.utils`` and ``mp.msg`` are available to
JavaScript with identical APIs - including running commands, getting/setting
properties, registering events/key-bindings/property-changes/hooks, etc.
Differences from Lua
--------------------
No need to load modules. ``mp``, ``mp.utils`` and ``mp.msg`` are preloaded, and
you can use e.g. ``var cwd = mp.utils.getcwd();`` without prior setup.
``mp.options`` is currently not implemented, but ``mp.get_opt(...)`` is.
Errors are slightly different. Where the Lua APIs return ``nil`` for error,
the JavaScript ones return ``undefined``. Where Lua returns ``something, error``
JavaScript returns only ``something`` - and makes ``error`` available via
``mp.last_error()``. Note that only some of the functions have this additional
``error`` value - typically the same ones which have it in Lua.
Standard APIs are preferred. For instance ``setTimeout`` and ``JSON.stringify``
are available, but ``mp.add_timeout`` and ``mp.utils.format_json`` are not.
No standard library. This means that interaction with anything outside of mpv is
limited to the available APIs, typically via ``mp.utils``. However, some file
functions were added, and CommonJS ``require`` is available too - where the
loaded modules have the same privileges as normal scripts.
Language features - ECMAScript 5
--------------------------------
The scripting backend which mpv currently uses is MuJS - a compatible minimal
ES5 interpreter. As such, ``String.substring`` is implemented for instance,
while the common but non-standard ``String.substr`` is not. Please consult the
MuJS pages on language features and platform support - http://mujs.com .
Unsupported Lua APIs and their JS alternatives
----------------------------------------------
``mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)`` JS: ``id = setTimeout(fn, ms)``
``mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)`` JS: ``id = setInterval(fn, ms)``
``mp.register_idle(fn)`` JS: ``id = setTimeout(fn)``
``mp.unregister_idle(fn)`` JS: ``clearTimeout(id)``
``utils.parse_json(str [, trail])`` JS: ``JSON.parse(str)``
``utils.format_json(v)`` JS: ``JSON.stringify(v)``
``utils.to_string(v)`` see ``dump`` below.
``mp.suspend()`` JS: none (deprecated).
``mp.resume()`` JS: none (deprecated).
``mp.resume_all()`` JS: none (deprecated).
``mp.get_next_timeout()`` see event loop below.
``mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait])`` see event loop below.
``mp.options`` module is not implemented currently for JS.
Scripting APIs - identical to Lua
---------------------------------
(LE) - Last-Error, indicates that ``mp.last_error()`` can be used after the
call to test for success (empty string) or failure (non empty reason string).
Otherwise, where the Lua APIs return ``nil`` on error, JS returns ``undefined``.
``mp.command(string)`` (LE)
``mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)`` (LE)
``mp.command_native(table [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_number(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.get_property_native(name [,def])`` (LE)
``mp.set_property(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.set_property_bool(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.set_property_number(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.set_property_native(name, value)`` (LE)
``mp.get_time()``
``mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])``
``mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)``
``mp.remove_key_binding(name)``
``mp.register_event(name, fn)``
``mp.unregister_event(fn)``
``mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)``
``mp.unobserve_property(fn)``
``mp.get_opt(key)``
``mp.get_script_name()``
``mp.osd_message(text [,duration])``
``mp.get_wakeup_pipe()``
``mp.enable_messages(level)``
``mp.register_script_message(name, fn)``
``mp.unregister_script_message(name)``
``mp.msg.log(level, ...)``
``mp.msg.fatal(...)``
``mp.msg.error(...)``
``mp.msg.warn(...)``
``mp.msg.info(...)``
``mp.msg.verbose(...)``
``mp.msg.debug(...)``
``mp.msg.trace(...)``
``mp.utils.getcwd()`` (LE)
``mp.utils.readdir(path [, filter])`` (LE)
``mp.utils.file_info(path)`` (LE)
``mp.utils.split_path(path)``
``mp.utils.join_path(p1, p2)``
``mp.utils.subprocess(t)``
``mp.utils.subprocess_detached(t)``
``mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)``
Additional utilities
--------------------
``mp.last_error()``
If used after an API call which updates last error, returns an empty string
if the API call succeeded, or a non-empty error reason string otherwise.
``Error.stack`` (string)
When using ``try { ... } catch(e) { ... }``, then ``e.stack`` is the stack
trace of the error - if it was created using the ``Error(...)`` constructor.
``print`` (global)
A convenient alias to ``mp.msg.info``.
``dump`` (global)
Like ``print`` but also expands objects and arrays recursively.
``mp.utils.getenv(name)``
Returns the value of the host environment variable ``name``, or
``undefined`` if the variable is not defined.
``mp.utils.get_user_path(path)``
Expands (mpv) meta paths like ``~/x``, ``~~/y``, ``~~desktop/z`` etc.
``read_file``, ``write_file`` and ``require`` already use this internaly.
``mp.utils.read_file(fname [,max])``
Returns the content of file ``fname`` as string. If ``max`` is provided and
not negative, limit the read to ``max`` bytes.
``mp.utils.write_file(fname, str)``
(Over)write file ``fname`` with text content ``str``. ``fname`` must be
prefixed with ``file://`` as simple protection against accidental arguments
switch, e.g. ``mp.utils.write_file("file://~/abc.txt", "hello world")``.
Note: ``read_file`` and ``write_file`` throw on errors, allow text content only.
``mp.get_time_ms()``
Same as ``mp.get_time()`` but in ms instead of seconds.
``mp.get_script_file()``
Returns the file name of the current script.
``exit()`` (global)
Make the script exit at the end of the current event loop iteration.
Note: please remove added key bindings before calling ``exit()``.
``mp.utils.compile_js(fname, content_str)``
Compiles the JS code ``content_str`` as file name ``fname`` (without loading
anything from the filesystem), and returns it as a function. Very similar
to a ``Function`` constructor, but shows at stack traces as ``fname``.
Timers (global)
---------------
The standard HTML/node.js timers are available:
``id = setTimeout(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])``
``id = setTimeout(code_string [,duration])``
``clearTimeout(id)``
``id = setInterval(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])``
``id = setInterval(code_string [,duration])``
``clearInterval(id)``
``setTimeout`` and ``setInterval`` return id, and later call ``fn`` (or execute
``code_string``) after ``duration`` ms. Interval also repeat every ``duration``.
``duration`` has a minimum and default value of 0, ``code_string`` is
a plain string which is evaluated as JS code, and ``[,arg1 [,arg2..]]`` are used
as arguments (if provided) when calling back ``fn``.
The ``clear...(id)`` functions cancel timer ``id``, and are irreversible.
Note: timers always call back asynchronously, e.g. ``setTimeout(fn)`` will never
call ``fn`` before returning. ``fn`` will be called either at the end of this
event loop iteration or at a later event loop iteration. This is true also for
intervals - which also never call back twice at the same event loop iteration.
Additionally, timers are processed after the event queue is empty, so it's valid
to use ``setTimeout(fn)`` instead of Lua's ``mp.register_idle(fn)``.
CommonJS modules and ``require(id)``
------------------------------------
CommonJS Modules are a standard system where scripts can export common functions
for use by other scripts. A module is a script which adds properties (functions,
etc) to its invisible ``exports`` object, which another script can access by
loading it with ``require(module-id)`` - which returns that ``exports`` object.
Modules and ``require`` are supported, standard compliant, and generally similar
to node.js. However, most node.js modules won't run due to missing modules such
as ``fs``, ``process``, etc, but some node.js modules with minimal dependencies
do work. In general, this is for mpv modules and not a node.js replacement.
A ``.js`` file extension is always added to ``id``, e.g. ``require("./foo")``
will load the file ``./foo.js`` and return its ``exports`` object.
An id is relative (to the script which ``require``'d it) if it starts with
``./`` or ``../``. Otherwise, it's considered a "top-level id" (CommonJS term).
Top level id is evaluated as absolute filesystem path if possible (e.g. ``/x/y``
or ``~/x``). Otherwise, it's searched at ``scripts/modules.js/`` in mpv config
dirs - in normal config search order. E.g. ``require("x")`` is searched as file
``x.js`` at those dirs, and id ``foo/x`` is searched as file ``foo/x.js``.
No ``global`` variable, but a module's ``this`` at its top lexical scope is the
global object - also in strict mode. If you have a module which needs ``global``
as the global object, you could do ``this.global = this;`` before ``require``.
Functions and variables declared at a module don't pollute the global object.
The event loop
--------------
The event loop poll/dispatch mpv events as long as the queue is not empty, then
processes the timers, then waits for the next event, and repeats this forever.
You could put this code at your script to replace the built-in event loop, and
also print every event which mpv sends to your script:
::
function mp_event_loop() {
var wait = 0;
do {
var e = mp.wait_event(wait);
dump(e); // there could be a lot of prints...
if (e.event != "none") {
mp.dispatch_event(e);
wait = 0;
} else {
wait = mp.process_timers() / 1000;
}
} while (mp.keep_running);
}
``mp_event_loop`` is a name which mpv tries to call after the script loads.
The internal implementation is similar to this (without ``dump`` though..).
``e = mp.wait_event(wait)`` returns when the next mpv event arrives, or after
``wait`` seconds if positive and no mpv events arrived. ``wait`` value of 0
returns immediately (with ``e.event == "none"`` if the queue is empty).
``mp.dispatch_event(e)`` calls back the handlers registered for ``e.event``,
if there are such (event handlers, property observers, script messages, etc).
``mp.process_timers()`` calls back the already-added, non-canceled due timers,
and returns the duration in ms till the next due timer (possibly 0), or -1 if
there are no pending timers. Must not be called recursively.
Note: ``exit()`` is also registered for the ``shutdown`` event, and its
implementation is a simple ``mp.keep_running = false``.
-59
View File
@@ -14,62 +14,3 @@ mpv, further documentation is spread over a few places:
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#list-of-input-commands
- http://mpv.io/manual/master/#properties
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/libmpv
C PLUGINS
=========
You can write C plugins for mpv. These use the libmpv API, although they do not
use the libmpv library itself.
Currently, they must be explicitly enabled at build time with
``--enable-cplugins``. They are available on Linux/BSD platforms only.
C plugins location
------------------
C plugins are put into the mpv scripts directory in its config directory
(see the `FILES`_ section for details). They must have a ``.so`` file extension.
They can also be explicitly loaded with the ``--script`` option.
API
---
A C plugin must export the following function::
int mpv_open_cplugin(mpv_handle *handle)
The plugin function will be called on loading time. This function does not
return as long as your plugin is loaded (it runs in its own thread). The
``handle`` will be deallocated as soon as the plugin function returns.
The return value is interpreted as error status. A value of ``0`` is
interpreted as success, while ``-1`` signals an error. In the latter case,
the player prints an uninformative error message that loading failed.
Return values other than ``0`` and ``-1`` are reserved, and trigger undefined
behavior.
Within the plugin function, you can call libmpv API functions. The ``handle``
is created by ``mpv_create_client()`` (or actually an internal equivalent),
and belongs to you. You can call ``mpv_wait_event()`` to wait for things
happening, and so on.
Note that the player might block until your plugin calls ``mpv_wait_event()``
for the first time. This gives you a chance to install initial hooks etc.
before playback begins.
The details are quite similar to Lua scripts.
Linkage to libmpv
-----------------
The current implementation requires that your plugins are **not** linked against
libmpv. What your plugins uses are not symbols from a libmpv binary, but
symbols from the mpv host binary.
Examples
--------
See:
- https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/cplugins
+7 -44
View File
@@ -39,10 +39,7 @@ option. Some scripts are loaded internally (like ``--osc``). Each script runs in
its own thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop
is entered. This event loop will dispatch events received by mpv and call your
own event handlers which you have registered with ``mp.register_event``, or
timers added with ``mp.add_timeout`` or similar. Note that since the
script starts execution concurrently with player initialization, some properties
may not be populated with meaningful values until the relevant subsystems have
initialized.
timers added with ``mp.add_timeout`` or similar.
When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via
a ``shutdown`` event, which by default will make the event loop return. If your
@@ -243,7 +240,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
This will print the message ``the key was pressed`` when ``x`` was pressed.
The user can remap these key bindings. Then the user has to put the
following into their input.conf to remap the command to the ``y`` key:
following into his input.conf to remap the command to the ``y`` key:
::
@@ -262,7 +259,7 @@ The ``mp`` module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with
``mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)``
This works almost the same as ``mp.add_key_binding``, but registers the
key binding in a way that will overwrite the user's custom bindings in their
key binding in a way that will overwrite the user's custom bindings in his
input.conf. (``mp.add_key_binding`` overwrites default key bindings only,
but not those by the user's input.conf.)
@@ -454,11 +451,6 @@ are useful only in special situations.
multiple properties at once, you might not want to act on each property
change, but only when all change notifications have been received.
``mp.unregister_idle(fn)``
Undo ``mp.register_idle(fn)``. This removes all idle handlers that
are equal to the ``fn`` parameter. This uses normal Lua ``==`` comparison,
so be careful when dealing with closures.
``mp.enable_messages(level)``
Set the minimum log level of which mpv message output to receive. These
messages are normally printed to the terminal. By calling this function,
@@ -487,17 +479,16 @@ with ``require 'mp.msg'``.
``msg.log(level, ...)``
The level parameter is the message priority. It's a string and one of
``fatal``, ``error``, ``warn``, ``info``, ``v``, ``debug``, ``trace``. The
user's settings will determine which of these messages will be
visible. Normally, all messages are visible, except ``v``, ``debug`` and
``trace``.
``fatal``, ``error``, ``warn``, ``info``, ``v``, ``debug``. The user's
settings will determine which of these messages will be visible. Normally,
all messages are visible, except ``v`` and ``debug``.
The parameters after that are all converted to strings. Spaces are inserted
to separate multiple parameters.
You don't need to add newlines.
``msg.fatal(...)``, ``msg.error(...)``, ``msg.warn(...)``, ``msg.info(...)``, ``msg.verbose(...)``, ``msg.debug(...)``, ``msg.trace(...)``
``msg.fatal(...)``, ``msg.error(...)``, ``msg.warn(...)``, ``msg.info(...)``, ``msg.verbose(...)``, ``msg.debug(...)``
All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding
``msg.log(level, ...)`` call.
@@ -592,34 +583,6 @@ strictly part of the guaranteed API.
On error, ``nil, error`` is returned.
``utils.file_info(path)``
Stats the given path for information and returns a table with the
following entries:
``mode``
protection bits (on Windows, always 755 (octal) for directories
and 644 (octal) for files)
``size``
size in bytes
``atime``
time of last access
``mtime``
time of last modification
``ctime``
time of last metadata change (Linux) / time of creation (Windows)
``is_file``
Whether ``path`` is a regular file (boolean)
``is_dir``
Whether ``path`` is a directory (boolean)
``mode`` and ``size`` are integers.
Timestamps (``atime``, ``mtime`` and ``ctime``) are integer seconds since
the Unix epoch (Unix time).
The booleans ``is_file`` and ``is_dir`` are provided as a convenience;
they can be and are derived from ``mode``.
On error (eg. path does not exist), ``nil, error`` is returned.
``utils.split_path(path)``
Split a path into directory component and filename component, and return
them. The first return value is always the directory. The second return
+22 -108
View File
@@ -140,12 +140,12 @@ L
Toggle infinite looping.
Ctrl + and Ctrl -
Adjust audio delay (A/V sync) by +/- 0.1 seconds.
Adjust audio delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.
u
Switch between applying no style overrides to SSA/ASS subtitles, and
overriding them almost completely with the normal subtitle style. See
``--sub-ass-override`` for more info.
``--sub-ass-style-override`` for more info.
V
Toggle subtitle VSFilter aspect compatibility mode. See
@@ -165,6 +165,9 @@ Ctrl s
Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled
video).
I
Show filename on the OSD.
PGUP and PGDWN
Seek to the beginning of the previous/next chapter. In most cases,
"previous" will actually go to the beginning of the current chapter; see
@@ -218,9 +221,14 @@ STOP
PREVIOUS and NEXT
Seek backward/forward 1 minute.
(The following keys are only valid if you compiled with TV or DVB input
support.)
If you miss some older key bindings, look at ``etc/restore-old-bindings.conf``
in the mpv git repository.
h and k
Select previous/next tv-channel.
H and K
Select previous/next dvb-channel.
Mouse Control
-------------
@@ -416,36 +424,6 @@ file stops playing. If option ``--c`` is changed during playback of
file-local options. The option ``--a`` is never reset here.
List Options
------------
Some options which store lists of option values can have action suffixes. For
example, you can set a ``,``-separated list of filters with ``--vf``, but the
option also allows you to append filters with ``--vf-append``.
Options for filenames do not use ``,`` as separator, but ``:`` (Unix) or ``;``
(Windows).
============= ===============================================
Suffix Meaning
============= ===============================================
-add Append 1 or more items (may become alias for -append)
-append Append single item (avoids need for escaping)
-clr Clear the option
-del Delete an existing item by integer index
-pre Prepend 1 or more items
-set Set a list of items
============= ===============================================
Although some operations allow specifying multiple ``,``-separated items, using
this is strongly discouraged and deprecated, except for ``-set``.
Without suffix, the action taken is normally ``-set``.
Some options (like ``--sub-file``, ``--audio-file``, ``--glsl-shader``) are
aliases for the proper option with ``-append`` action. For example,
``--sub-file`` is an alias for ``--sub-files-append``.
Playing DVDs
------------
@@ -461,7 +439,7 @@ specifying the path to the local copy: ``--dvd-device=PATH``.
Alternatively, running ``mpv PATH`` should auto-detect a DVD directory
tree and play the longest title.
.. note:: DVD library choices
.. note::
mpv uses a different default DVD library than MPlayer. MPlayer
uses libdvdread by default, and mpv uses libdvdnav by default.
@@ -474,12 +452,8 @@ tree and play the longest title.
when using libdvdnav, in which playback gets stuck in a DVD menu
stream. These problems are reported to go away when auto-selecting
the title (``dvd://`` rather than ``dvd://1``) or when using
libdvdread (e.g. ``dvdread://0``). There are also outstanding bugs
in libdvdnav with seeking backwards and forwards in a video
stream. Specify ``dvdread://...`` to fix such problems.
libdvdread (e.g. ``dvdread://0``).
.. note:: DVD subtitles
DVDs use image-based subtitles. Image subtitles are implemented as
a bitmap video stream which can be superimposed over the main
movie. mpv's subtitle styling and positioning options and keyboard
@@ -510,8 +484,8 @@ setting them to *no*. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.
::
# Use GPU-accelerated video output by default.
vo=gpu
# Use opengl video output by default.
vo=opengl
# Use quotes for text that can contain spaces:
status-msg="Time: ${time-pos}"
@@ -582,7 +556,7 @@ profile name ``default`` to continue with normal options.
[slow]
profile-desc="some profile name"
# reference a builtin profile
profile=gpu-hq
profile=opengl-hq
[fast]
vo=vdpau
@@ -683,17 +657,14 @@ listed.
(``drop-frame-count`` property.)
- Cache state, e.g. ``Cache: 2s+134KB``. Visible if the stream cache is enabled.
The first value shows the amount of video buffered in the demuxer in seconds,
the second value shows the sum of the demuxer forward cache size and the
*additional* data buffered in the stream cache in kilobytes.
(``demuxer-cache-duration``, ``demuxer-cache-state``, ``cache-used``
properties.)
the second value shows *additional* data buffered in the stream cache in
kilobytes. (``demuxer-cache-duration`` and ``cache-used`` properties.)
PROTOCOLS
=========
``http://...``, ``https://``, ...
Many network protocols are supported, but the protocol prefix must always
be specified. mpv will never attempt to guess whether a filename is
actually a network address. A protocol prefix is always required.
@@ -702,12 +673,7 @@ PROTOCOLS
either aliases to documented protocols, or are just redirections to
protocols implemented and documented in FFmpeg.
``data:`` is supported in FFmpeg (not in Libav), but needs to be in the
format ``data://``. This is done to avoid ambiguity with filenames. You
can also prefix it with ``lavf://`` or ``ffmpeg://``.
``ytdl://...``
By default, the youtube-dl hook script (enabled by default for mpv CLI)
only looks at http URLs. Prefixing an URL with ``ytdl://`` forces it to
be always processed by the script. This can also be used to invoke special
@@ -717,28 +683,17 @@ PROTOCOLS
and you have to use ``--ytdl-raw-options`` instead.
``-``
Play data from stdin.
``smb://PATH``
Play a path from Samba share.
``bd://[title][/device]`` ``--bluray-device=PATH``
Play a Blu-ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead,
you must mount the ISO file as filesystem, and point ``--bluray-device``
to the mounted directory directly.
``title`` can be: ``longest`` or ``first`` (selects the default
playlist); ``mpls/<number>`` (selects <number>.mpls playlist);
``<number>`` (select playlist with the same index). You can list
the available playlists with ``--msg-level=bd=v``.
``bluray://`` is an alias.
``dvd://[title|[starttitle]-endtitle][/device]`` ``--dvd-device=PATH``
Play a DVD. DVD menus are not supported. If no title is given, the longest
title is auto-selected.
@@ -746,39 +701,30 @@ PROTOCOLS
thing.
``dvdread://...:``
Play a DVD using the old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and
older mpv versions use for ``dvd://``. Use is discouraged. It's
provided only for compatibility and for transition, and to work
around outstanding dvdnav bugs (see "DVD library choices" above).
Play a DVD using the old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and older
mpv versions use for ``dvd://``. Use is discouraged. It's provided only
for compatibility and for transition.
``tv://[channel][/input_id]`` ``--tv-...``
Analogue TV via V4L. Also useful for webcams. (Linux only.)
``pvr://`` ``--pvr-...``
PVR. (Linux only.)
``dvb://[cardnumber@]channel`` ``--dvbin-...``
Digital TV via DVB. (Linux only.)
``mf://[filemask|@listfile]`` ``--mf-...``
Play a series of images as video.
``cdda://[device]`` ``--cdrom-device=PATH`` ``--cdda-...``
Play CD.
``lavf://...``
Access any FFmpeg/Libav libavformat protocol. Basically, this passed the
string after the ``//`` directly to libavformat.
``av://type:options``
This is intended for using libavdevice inputs. ``type`` is the libavdevice
demuxer name, and ``options`` is the (pseudo-)filename passed to the
demuxer.
@@ -790,37 +736,26 @@ PROTOCOLS
``avdevice://`` is an alias.
``file://PATH``
A local path as URL. Might be useful in some special use-cases. Note that
``PATH`` itself should start with a third ``/`` to make the path an
absolute path.
``fd://123``
Read data from the given file descriptor (for example 123). This is similar
to piping data to stdin via ``-``, but can use an arbitrary file descriptor.
``fdclose://123``
Like ``fd://``, but the file descriptor is closed after use. When using this
you need to ensure that the same fd URL will only be used once.
``edl://[edl specification as in edl-mpv.rst]``
Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them.
``null://``
Simulate an empty file. If opened for writing, it will discard all data.
The ``null`` demuxer will specifically pass autoprobing if this protocol
is used (while it's not automatically invoked for empty files).
``memory://data``
Use the ``data`` part as source data.
``hex://data``
Like ``memory://``, but the string is interpreted as hexdump.
PSEUDO GUI MODE
@@ -881,12 +816,8 @@ works like in older mpv releases. The profiles are currently defined as follows:
.. include:: osc.rst
.. include:: stats.rst
.. include:: lua.rst
.. include:: javascript.rst
.. include:: ipc.rst
.. include:: changes.rst
@@ -1036,23 +967,6 @@ For Windows-specifics, see `FILES ON WINDOWS`_ section.
``~/.config/mpv/input.conf``
key bindings (see `INPUT.CONF`_ section)
``~/.config/mpv/fonts.conf``
Fontconfig fonts.conf that is customized for mpv. You should include system
fonts.conf in this file or mpv would not know about fonts that you already
have in the system.
Only available when libass is built with fontconfig.
``~/.config/mpv/subfont.ttf``
fallback subtitle font
``~/.config/mpv/fonts/``
Font files in this directory are used by mpv/libass for subtitles. Useful
if you do not want to install fonts to your system. Note that files in this
directory are loaded into memory before being used by mpv. If you have a
lot of fonts, consider using fonts.conf (see above) to include additional
fonts, which is more memory-efficient.
``~/.config/mpv/scripts/``
All files in this directory are loaded as if they were passed to the
``--script`` option. They are loaded in alphabetical order, and sub-directories
+423 -1007
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
+7 -33
View File
@@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ The Interface
::
+---------+----------+------------------------------------------+----------+
| pl prev | pl next | title | cache |
+------+--+---+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
| play | skip | skip | time | seekbar | time | audio | sub | vol | fs |
| | back | frwd | elapsed | | left | | | | |
+------+------+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
+---------+----------+----------------------------+-------------+
| pl prev | pl next | title | cache |
+------+--+---+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+
| play | skip | skip | time | seekbar | time | audio | sub |
| | back | frwd | elapsed | | left | | |
+------+------+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+
pl prev
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ pl next
============= ================================================
title
| Displays current media-title, filename, or custom title
| Displays current media-title or filename
============= ================================================
left-click show playlist position and length and full title
@@ -102,17 +102,6 @@ audio and sub
shift+L-click show available audio/sub tracks
============= ================================================
vol
============= ================================================
left-click toggle mute
mouse wheel volume up/down
============= ================================================
fs
============= ================================================
left-click toggle fullscreen
============= ================================================
Key Bindings
~~~~~~~~~~~~
@@ -250,13 +239,6 @@ Configurable Options
Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade
``title``
Default: ${media-title}
String that supports property expansion that will be displayed as
OSC title.
ASS tags are escaped, and newlines and trailing slashes are stripped.
``tooltipborder``
Default: 1
@@ -277,14 +259,6 @@ Configurable Options
Also supports ``never`` and ``always``
``boxmaxchars``
Default: 80
Max chars for the osc title at the box layout. mpv does not measure the
text width on screen and so it needs to limit it by number of chars. The
default is conservative to allow wide fonts to be used without overflow.
However, with many common fonts a bigger number can be used. YMMV.
Script Commands
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-162
View File
@@ -1,162 +0,0 @@
STATS
=====
This builtin script displays information and statistics for the currently
played file. It is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support.
It can be disabled entirely using the ``--load-stats-overlay=no`` option.
Usage
-----
The following key bindings are active by default unless something else is
already bound to them:
==== ==============================================
i Show stats for a fixed duration
I Toggle stats (shown until toggled again)
==== ==============================================
While the stats are visible on screen the following key bindings are active,
regardless of existing bindings. They allow you to switch between *pages* of
stats:
==== ==================
1 Show usual stats
2 Show frame timings
==== ==================
Font
~~~~
For optimal visual experience, a font with support for many font weights and
monospaced digits is recommended. By default, the open source font
`Source Sans Pro <https://github.com/adobe-fonts/source-sans-pro>`_ is used.
Configuration
-------------
This script can be customized through a config file ``lua-settings/stats.conf``
placed in mpv's user directory and through the ``--script-opts`` command-line
option. The configuration syntax is described in `ON SCREEN CONTROLLER`_.
Configurable Options
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
``key_oneshot``
Default: i
``key_toggle``
Default: I
Key bindings to display stats.
``key_page_1``
Default: 1
``key_page_2``
Default: 2
Key bindings for page switching while stats are displayed.
``duration``
Default: 4
How long the stats are shown in seconds (oneshot).
``redraw_delay``
Default: 1
How long it takes to refresh the displayed stats in seconds (toggling).
``persistent_overlay``
Default: no
When `no`, other scripts printing text to the screen can overwrite the
displayed stats. When `yes`, displayed stats are persistently shown for the
respective duration. This can result in overlapping text when multiple
scripts decide to print text at the same time.
``plot_perfdata``
Default: yes
Show graphs for performance data (page 2).
``plot_vsync_ratio``
Default: yes
``plot_vsync_jitter``
Default: yes
Show graphs for vsync and jitter values (page 1). Only when toggled.
``flush_graph_data``
Default: yes
Clear data buffers used for drawing graphs when toggling.
``font``
Default: Source Sans Pro
Font name. Should support as many font weights as possible for optimal
visual experience.
``font_mono``
Default: Source Sans Pro
Font name for parts where monospaced characters are necessary to align
text. Currently, monospaced digits are sufficient.
``font_size``
Default: 8
Font size used to render text.
``font_color``
Default: FFFFFF
Font color.
``border_size``
Default: 0.8
Size of border drawn around the font.
``border_color``
Default: 262626
Color of drawn border.
``alpha``
Default: 11
Transparency for drawn text.
``plot_bg_border_color``
Default: 0000FF
Border color used for drawing graphs.
``plot_bg_color``
Default: 262626
Background color used for drawing graphs.
``plot_color``
Default: FFFFFF
Color used for drawing graphs.
Note: colors are given as hexadecimal values and use ASS tag order: BBGGRR
(blue green red).
Different key bindings
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
A different key binding can be defined with the aforementioned options
``key_oneshot`` and ``key_toggle`` but also with commands in ``input.conf``,
for example::
e script-binding stats/display-stats
E script-binding stats/display-stats-toggle
Using ``input.conf``, it is also possible to directly display a certain page::
i script-binding stats/display-page-1
e script-binding stats/display-page-2
+372 -102
View File
@@ -5,41 +5,7 @@ Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The
syntax is:
``--vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>``
Setup a chain of video filters. This consists on the filter name, and an
option list of parameters after ``=``. The parameters are separated by
``:`` (not ``,``, as that starts a new filter entry).
Before the filter name, a label can be specified with ``@name:``, where
name is an arbitrary user-given name, which identifies the filter. This
is only needed if you want to toggle the filter at runtime.
A ``!`` before the filter name means the filter is enabled by default. It
will be skipped on filter creation. This is also useful for runtime filter
toggling.
See the ``vf`` command (and ``toggle`` sub-command) for further explanations
and examples.
The general filter entry syntax is:
``["@"<label-name>":"] ["!"] <filter-name> [ "=" <filter-parameter-list> ]``
or for the special "toggle" syntax (see ``vf`` command):
``"@"<label-name>``
and the ``filter-parameter-list``:
``<filter-parameter> | <filter-parameter> "," <filter-parameter-list>``
and ``filter-parameter``:
``( <param-name> "=" <param-value> ) | <param-value>``
``param-value`` can further be quoted in ``[`` / ``]`` in case the value
contains characters like ``,`` or ``=``. This is used in particular with
the ``lavfi`` filter, which uses a very similar syntax as mpv (MPlayer
historically) to specify filters and their parameters.
Setup a chain of video filters.
You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the
normal filter parameters.
@@ -49,29 +15,12 @@ normal filter parameters.
.. note::
To get a full list of available video filters, see ``--vf=help`` and
http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html .
To get a full list of available video filters, see ``--vf=help``.
Also, keep in mind that most actual filters are available via the ``lavfi``
wrapper, which gives you access to most of libavfilter's filters. This
includes all filters that have been ported from MPlayer to libavfilter.
Most builtin filters are deprecated in some ways, unless they're only available
in mpv (such as filters which deal with mpv specifics, or which are
implemented in mpv only).
If a filter is not builtin, the ``lavfi-bridge`` will be automatically
tried. This bridge does not support help output, and does not verify
parameters before the filter is actually used. Although the mpv syntax
is rather similar to libavfilter's, it's not the same. (Which means not
everything accepted by vf_lavfi's ``graph`` option will be accepted by
``--vf``.)
You can also prefix the filter name with ``lavfi-`` to force the wrapper.
This is helpful if the filter name collides with a deprecated mpv builtin
filter. For example ``--vf=lavfi-scale=args`` would use libavfilter's
``scale`` filter over mpv's deprecated builtin one.
Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the
filter list.
@@ -98,7 +47,160 @@ With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.
Sets a named parameter to the given value. Use on and off or yes and no to
set flag parameters.
Available mpv-only filters are:
Available filters are:
``crop[=w:h:x:y]``
Crops the given part of the image and discards the rest. Useful to remove
black bands from widescreen videos.
``<w>,<h>``
Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.
``<x>,<y>``
Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.
``expand[=w:h:x:y:aspect:round]``
Expands (not scales) video resolution to the given value and places the
unscaled original at coordinates x, y.
``<w>,<h>``
Expanded width,height (default: original width,height). Negative
values for w and h are treated as offsets to the original size.
.. admonition:: Example
``expand=0:-50:0:0``
Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.
``<x>,<y>``
position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)
``<aspect>``
Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).
.. admonition:: Example
``expand=800::::4/3``
Expands to 800x600, unless the source is higher resolution, in
which case it expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.
``<round>``
Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).
``flip``
Flips the image upside down.
``mirror``
Mirrors the image on the Y axis.
``rotate[=0|90|180|270]``
Rotates the image by a multiple of 90 degrees clock-wise.
``scale[=w:h:param:param2:chr-drop:noup:arnd``
Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<->RGB
color space conversion (see also ``--sws``).
All parameters are optional.
``<w>:<h>``
scaled width/height (default: original width/height)
:0: scaled d_width/d_height
:-1: original width/height
:-2: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the prescaled
aspect ratio.
:-3: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original
aspect ratio.
:-(n+8): Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest
multiple of 16.
``<param>[:<param2>]`` (see also ``--sws``)
Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected
with ``--sws``::
--sws=2 (bicubic): B (blurring) and C (ringing)
0.00:0.60 default
0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline
--sws=7 (Gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))
--sws=9 (Lanczos): filter length (1-10)
``<chr-drop>``
chroma skipping
:0: Use all available input lines for chroma (default).
:1: Use only every 2. input line for chroma.
:2: Use only every 4. input line for chroma.
:3: Use only every 8. input line for chroma.
``<noup>``
Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.
:0: Allow upscaling (default).
:1: Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.
:2: Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.
``<arnd>``
Accurate rounding for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or
slower than the default rounding.
:no: Disable accurate rounding (default).
:yes: Enable accurate rounding.
``dsize[=w:h:aspect-method:r:aspect]``
Changes the intended display aspect at an arbitrary point in the
filter chain. Aspect can be given as a fraction (4/3) or floating point
number (1.33). Note that this filter does *not* do any scaling itself; it
just affects what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when
auto-scaling to the correct aspect.
``<w>,<h>``
New aspect ratio given by a display width and height. Unlike older mpv
versions or MPlayer, this does not set the display size.
Can also be these special values:
:0: original display width and height
:-1: original video width and height (default)
:-2: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original display
aspect ratio.
:-3: Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video
aspect ratio.
.. admonition:: Example
``dsize=800:-2``
Specifies a display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect
video, or 800x450 for a 16/9 aspect video.
``<aspect-method>``
Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.
:-1: Ignore original aspect ratio (default).
:0: Keep display aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as maximum
resolution.
:1: Keep display aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as minimum
resolution.
:2: Keep video aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as maximum
resolution.
:3: Keep video aspect ratio by using ``<w>`` and ``<h>`` as minimum
resolution.
.. admonition:: Example
``dsize=800:600:0``
Specifies a display resolution of at most 800x600, or smaller,
in order to keep aspect.
``<r>``
Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by ``<r>``
(default: 1).
``<aspect>``
Force an aspect ratio.
``format=fmt=<value>:colormatrix=<value>:...``
Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
@@ -210,34 +312,17 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
:gamma2.2: Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)
:gamma2.8: Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)
:prophoto: ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve
:pq: ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve
:hlg: ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve
:st2084: SMPTE ST2084 (HDR) curve
:std-b67: ARIB STD-B67 (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve
:v-log: Panasonic V-Log transfer curve
:s-log1: Sony S-Log1 transfer curve
:s-log2: Sony S-Log2 transfer curve
``<sig-peak>``
Reference peak illumination for the video file, relative to the
signal's reference white level. This is mostly interesting for HDR, but
it can also be used tone map SDR content to simulate a different
exposure. Normally inferred from tags such as MaxCLL or mastering
metadata.
``<peak>``
Reference peak illumination for the video file. This is mostly
interesting for HDR, but it can also be used tone map SDR content
to a darker or brighter exposure.
The default of 0.0 will default to the source's nominal peak luminance.
``<light>``
Light type of the scene. This is mostly correctly inferred based on the
gamma function, but it can be useful to override this when viewing raw
camera footage (e.g. V-Log), which is normally scene-referred instead
of display-referred.
Available light types are:
:auto: Automatic selection (default)
:display: Display-referred light (most content)
:hlg: Scene-referred using the HLG OOTF (e.g. HLG content)
:709-1886: Scene-referred using the BT709+BT1886 interaction
:gamma1.2: Scene-referred using a pure power OOTF (gamma=1.2)
The default of 0.0 will default to the display's reference brightness
for SDR and the source's reference brightness for HDR.
``<stereo-in>``
Set the stereo mode the video is assumed to be encoded in. Takes the
@@ -261,16 +346,16 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
but values such as ``[16:9]`` can be passed too (``[...]`` for quoting
to prevent the option parser from interpreting the ``:`` character).
``<spherical-type>``
Type of the spherical projection:
:auto: As indicated by the file (default)
:none: Normal video
:equirect: Equirectangular
:unknown: Unknown projection
``noformat[=fmt]``
Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.
Unlike the format filter, this will allow any color space except the one
you specify.
``<spherical-yaw>``, ``<spherical-pitch>``, ``<spherical-roll>``
Reference angle in degree, if spherical video is used.
.. note:: For a list of available formats, see ``noformat=fmt=help``.
``<fmt>``
Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p).
``lavfi=graph[:sws-flags[:o=opts]]``
Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.
@@ -286,14 +371,11 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
If you want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you have
to quote the filter graph in order to prevent mpv's syntax and the
filter graph syntax from clashing. To prevent a quoting and escaping
mess, consider using ``--lavfi-complex`` if you know which video
track you want to use from the input file. (There is only one video
track for nearly all video files anyway.)
filter graph syntax from clashing.
.. admonition:: Examples
``--vf=lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]``
``-vf lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]``
``gradfun`` filter with nonsense parameters, followed by a
``vflip`` filter. (This demonstrates how libavfilter takes a
graph and not just a single filter.) The filter graph string is
@@ -324,6 +406,88 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
``'--vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"'``
forces a specific threading configuration.
``eq[=gamma:contrast:brightness:saturation:rg:gg:bg:weight]``
Software equalizer that uses lookup tables (slow), allowing gamma correction
in addition to simple brightness and contrast adjustment. The parameters are
given as floating point values.
``<0.1-10>``
initial gamma value (default: 1.0)
``<-2-2>``
initial contrast, where negative values result in a negative image
(default: 1.0)
``<-1-1>``
initial brightness (default: 0.0)
``<0-3>``
initial saturation (default: 1.0)
``<0.1-10>``
gamma value for the red component (default: 1.0)
``<0.1-10>``
gamma value for the green component (default: 1.0)
``<0.1-10>``
gamma value for the blue component (default: 1.0)
``<0-1>``
The weight parameter can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma
value on bright image areas, e.g. keep them from getting overamplified
and just plain white. A value of 0.0 turns the gamma correction all
the way down while 1.0 leaves it at its full strength (default: 1.0).
``pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]``
Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
content. The ``pullup`` filter makes use of future context in making its
decisions. It is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern
to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following fields in order to
identify matches and rebuild progressive frames.
``jl``, ``jr``, ``jt``, and ``jb``
These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right,
top, and bottom of the image, respectively. Left/right are in units of
8 pixels, while top/bottom are in units of 2 lines. The default is 8
pixels on each side.
``sb`` (strict breaks)
Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of ``pullup``
generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
Conversely, setting it to -1 will make ``pullup`` match fields more
easily. This may help process video with slight blurring between the
fields, but may also cause interlaced frames in the output.
``mp`` (metric plane)
This option may be set to ``u`` or ``v`` to use a chroma plane instead of the
luma plane for doing ``pullup``'s computations. This may improve accuracy
on very clean source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy,
especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale
video. The main purpose of setting ``mp`` to a chroma plane is to reduce
CPU load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
``yadif=[mode:interlaced-only]``
Yet another deinterlacing filter
``<mode>``
:frame: Output 1 frame for each frame.
:field: Output 1 frame for each field (default).
:frame-nospatial: Like ``frame`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
:field-nospatial: Like ``field`` but skips spatial interlacing check.
``<interlaced-only>``
:no: Deinterlace all frames.
:yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).
This filter is automatically inserted when using the ``d`` key (or any
other key that toggles the ``deinterlace`` property or when using the
``--deinterlace`` switch), assuming the video output does not have native
deinterlacing support.
If you just want to set the default mode, put this filter and its options
into ``--vf-defaults`` instead, and enable deinterlacing with ``d`` or
``--deinterlace``.
Also, note that the ``d`` key is stupid enough to insert a deinterlacer twice
when inserting yadif with ``--vf``, so using the above methods is
recommended.
``sub=[=bottom-margin:top-margin]``
Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force
subtitle rendering in the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD
@@ -342,6 +506,114 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
subtitle colors and video under the influence of the video equalizer
settings.
``stereo3d[=in:out]``
Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.
``<in>``
Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:
``sbsl`` or ``side_by_side_left_first``
side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
``sbsr`` or ``side_by_side_right_first``
side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
``abl`` or ``above_below_left_first``
above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
``abr`` or ``above_below_right_first``
above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
``ab2l`` or ``above_below_half_height_left_first``
above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye
below)
``ab2r`` or ``above_below_half_height_right_first``
above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye
below)
``<out>``
Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all the input
formats as well as:
``arcg`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_gray``
anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on
right eye)
``arch`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color``
anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter
on right eye)
``arcc`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_color``
anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on
right eye)
``arcd`` or ``anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois``
anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least-squares
projection of Dubois (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right
eye)
``agmg`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_gray``
anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta
filter on right eye)
``agmh`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color``
anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left eye,
magenta filter on right eye)
``agmc`` or ``anaglyph_green_magenta_color``
anaglyph green/magenta colored (green filter on left eye, magenta
filter on right eye)
``aybg`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray``
anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter
on right eye)
``aybh`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color``
anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue
filter on right eye)
``aybc`` or ``anaglyph_yellow_blue_color``
anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue
filter on right eye)
``irl`` or ``interleave_rows_left_first``
Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next
row)
``irr`` or ``interleave_rows_right_first``
Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next
row)
``ml`` or ``mono_left``
mono output (left eye only)
``mr`` or ``mono_right``
mono output (right eye only)
``gradfun[=strength[:radius|:size=<size>]]``
Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
regions by truncation to 8-bit color depth. Interpolates the gradients that
should go where the bands are, and dithers them.
``<strength>``
Maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. Also the
threshold for detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.5).
``<radius>``
Neighborhood to fit the gradient to. Larger radius makes for smoother
gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying pixels near
detailed regions (default: disabled).
``<size>``
size of the filter in percent of the image diagonal size. This is
used to calculate the final radius size (default: 1).
``dlopen=dll[:a0[:a1[:a2[:a3]]]]``
Loads an external library to filter the image. The library interface
is the ``vf_dlopen`` interface specified using ``libmpcodecs/vf_dlopen.h``.
.. warning:: This filter is deprecated.
``dll=<library>``
Specify the library to load. This may require a full file system path
in some cases. This argument is required.
``a0=<string>``
Specify the first parameter to pass to the library.
``a1=<string>``
Specify the second parameter to pass to the library.
``a2=<string>``
Specify the third parameter to pass to the library.
``a3=<string>``
Specify the fourth parameter to pass to the library.
``vapoursynth=file:buffered-frames:concurrent-frames``
Loads a VapourSynth filter script. This is intended for streamed
processing: mpv actually provides a source filter, instead of using a
@@ -470,7 +742,7 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
no
Don't perform deinterlacing.
first-field
Show only first field.
Show only first field (going by ``--field-dominance``).
bob
bob deinterlacing (default).
weave, motion-adaptive, motion-compensated
@@ -482,15 +754,6 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
:no: Deinterlace all frames.
:yes: Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).
``reversal-bug=<yes|no>``
:no: Use the API as it was interpreted by older Mesa drivers. While
this interpretation was more obvious and inuitive, it was
apparently wrong, and not shared by Intel driver developers.
:yes: Use Intel interpretation of surface forward and backwards
references (default). This is what Intel drivers and newer Mesa
drivers expect. Matters only for the advanced deinterlacing
algorithms.
``vdpaupp``
VDPAU video post processing. Works with ``--vo=vdpau`` and ``--vo=opengl``
only. This filter is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested
@@ -511,6 +774,7 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
the mode selected with ``deint-mode``.
``deint-mode=<first-field|bob|temporal|temporal-spatial>``
Select deinterlacing mode (default: temporal).
All modes respect ``--field-dominance``.
Note that there's currently a mechanism that allows the ``vdpau`` VO to
change the ``deint-mode`` of auto-inserted ``vdpaupp`` filters. To avoid
@@ -556,3 +820,9 @@ Available mpv-only filters are:
which algorithm is actually selected. ``none`` always falls back. On
most if not all hardware, this option will probably do nothing, because
a video processor usually supports all modes or none.
``buffer=<num>``
Buffer ``<num>`` frames in the filter chain. This filter is probably pretty
useless, except for debugging. (Note that this won't help to smooth out
latencies with decoding, because the filter will never output a frame if
the buffer isn't full, except on EOF.)
+38 -34
View File
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ in the list.
See ``--vo=help`` for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.
The recommended output driver is ``--vo=gpu``, which is the default. All
The recommended output driver is ``--vo=opengl``, which is the default. All
other drivers are for compatibility or special purposes. If the default
does not work, it will fallback to other drivers (in the same order as
listed by ``--vo=help``).
@@ -273,34 +273,37 @@ Available video output drivers are:
``--vo-direct3d-exact-backbuffer``
Always resize the backbuffer to window size.
``gpu``
General purpose, customizable, GPU-accelerated video output driver. It
supports extended scaling methods, dithering, color management, custom
shaders, HDR, and more.
``opengl``
OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended scaling methods, dithering
and color management.
See `GPU renderer options`_ for options specific to this VO.
See `OpenGL renderer options`_ for options specific to this VO.
By default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the
``gpu-hq`` profile to use this driver with defaults set to high quality
rendering. The profile can be applied with ``--profile=gpu-hq`` and its
contents can be viewed with ``--show-profile=gpu-hq``.
``opengl-hq`` profile to use this driver with defaults set to high
quality rendering. (This profile is also the replacement for
``--vo=opengl-hq``.) The profile can be applied with ``--profile=opengl-hq``
and its contents can be viewed with ``--show-profile=opengl-hq``.
This VO abstracts over several possible graphics APIs and windowing
contexts, which can be influenced using the ``--gpu-api`` and
``--gpu-context`` options.
Requires at least OpenGL 2.1.
Some features are available with OpenGL 3 capable graphics drivers only
(or if the necessary extensions are available).
OpenGL ES 2.0 and 3.0 are supported as well.
Hardware decoding over OpenGL-interop is supported to some degree. Note
that in this mode, some corner case might not be gracefully handled, and
color space conversion and chroma upsampling is generally in the hand of
the hardware decoder APIs.
``gpu`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better
quality or performance by changing the ``--gpu-fbo-format`` option to
``opengl`` makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better
quality or performance by changing the ``--opengl-fbo-format`` option to
``rgb16f``, ``rgb32f`` or ``rgb``. Known problems include Mesa/Intel not
accepting ``rgb16``, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with float texture
support, and some OS X setups being very slow with ``rgb16`` but fast
with ``rgb32f``. If you have problems, you can also try enabling the
``--gpu-dumb-mode=yes`` option.
``--opengl-dumb-mode=yes`` option.
``sdl``
SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or without
@@ -320,8 +323,9 @@ Available video output drivers are:
``vaapi``
Intel VA API video output driver with support for hardware decoding. Note
that there is absolutely no reason to use this, other than compatibility.
This is low quality, and has issues with OSD.
that there is absolutely no reason to use this, other than wanting to use
hardware decoding to save power on laptops, or possibly preventing video
tearing with some setups.
.. note:: This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can
use vaapi hardware decoding with ``--vo=opengl`` too.
@@ -353,7 +357,7 @@ Available video output drivers are:
no
Don't allow deinterlacing (default for newer libva).
first-field
Show only first field.
Show only first field (going by ``--field-dominance``).
bob
bob deinterlacing (default for older libva).
@@ -415,6 +419,14 @@ Available video output drivers are:
JPEG files, extension .jpeg.
png
PNG files.
ppm
Portable bitmap format.
pgm
Portable graymap format.
pgmyuv
Portable graymap format, using the YV12 pixel format.
tga
Truevision TGA.
``--vo-image-png-compression=<0-9>``
PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)
@@ -423,8 +435,16 @@ Available video output drivers are:
3 = average; 4 = Paeth; 5 = mixed) (default: 5)
``--vo-image-jpeg-quality=<0-100>``
JPEG quality factor (default: 90)
``--vo-image-jpeg-progressive=<yes|no>``
Specify standard or progressive JPEG (default: no).
``--vo-image-jpeg-baseline=<yes|no>``
Specify use of JPEG baseline or not (default: yes).
``--vo-image-jpeg-optimize=<0-100>``
JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)
``--vo-image-jpeg-smooth=<0-100>``
smooth factor (default: 0)
``--vo-image-jpeg-dpi=<1->``
JPEG DPI (default: 72)
``--vo-image-outdir=<dirname>``
Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ``./``).
@@ -504,19 +524,3 @@ Available video output drivers are:
Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate).
(default: 0)
``--drm-overlay=<number>``
Select the DRM overlay index to use.
Overlay index is zero based, and related to crtc.
(default: 0)
``mediacodec_embed`` (Android)
Renders ``IMGFMT_MEDIACODEC`` frames directly to an ``android.view.Surface``.
Requires ``--hwdec=mediacodec`` for hardware decoding, along with
``--vo=mediacodec_embed`` and ``--wid=(intptr_t)(*android.view.Surface)``.
Since this video output driver uses native decoding and rendering routines,
many of mpv's features (subtitle rendering, OSD/OSC, video filters, etc)
are not available with this driver.
To use hardware decoding with ``--vo-gpu`` instead, use
``--hwdec=mediacodec-copy`` along with ``--gpu-context=android``.
+5 -8
View File
@@ -8,10 +8,7 @@ behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, **mpv**
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
.. admonition:: Warning
This document is **not updated** anymore, and is **incomplete** and
**outdated**. If you look for old option replacements, always check with
the current mpv manpage, as the options could have changed meanwhile.
This document is not updated anymore, and is incomplete and outdated.
General Changes from MPlayer to mpv
-----------------------------------
@@ -76,8 +73,8 @@ Video
* Wayland support.
* Native support for VAAPI and VDA. Improved VDPAU video output.
* Improved GPU-accelerated video output (see the ``gpu-hq`` preset).
* Make hardware decoding work with the ``gpu`` video output.
* Improved OpenGL output (see the ``opengl-hq`` video output).
* Make hardware decoding work with the ``opengl`` video output.
* Support for libavfilter (for video->video and audio->audio). This allows
using most of FFmpeg's filters, which improve greatly on the old MPlayer
filters in features, performance, and correctness.
@@ -85,7 +82,7 @@ Video
for BT.2020 (Ultra HD). linear XYZ (Digital Cinema) and SMPTE ST2084 (HDR)
inputs.
* Support for color managed displays, via ICC profiles.
* High-quality image resamplers (see the ``--scale`` suboption).
* High-quality image resamplers (see the ``opengl`` ``scale`` suboption).
* Support for scaling in (sigmoidized) linear light.
* Better subtitle rendering using libass by default.
* Improvements when playing multiple files (``-fixed-vo`` is default, do not
@@ -212,7 +209,7 @@ Command Line Switches
``-no<opt>`` ``--no-<opt>`` (add a dash)
``-a52drc level`` ``--ad-lavc-ac3drc=level``
``-ac spdifac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3`` (see ``--ad=help``)
``-af volnorm`` (removed; use acompressor ffmpeg filter instead)
``-af volnorm`` ``--af=drc`` (renamed)
``-afm hwac3`` ``--ad=spdif:ac3,spdif:dts``
``-ao alsa:device=hw=0.3`` ``--ao=alsa:device=[hw:0,3]``
``-aspect`` ``--video-aspect``
+7 -10
View File
@@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ contains breaking changes, such as changed options or added/removed features,
and Y is incremented if a release contains only bugfixes and other minor
changes.
Releases are tagged on the master branch and will not be maintained separately.
There is only one release branch that keeps track of the latest version and
will not be maintained separately.
The goal of releases is to provide Linux distributions with something to
package. If you want the newest features, just use the master branch.
@@ -18,22 +19,18 @@ Releases other than the latest release are unsupported and unmaintained.
Release procedure
-----------------
While on master:
- Merge master into branch release/current.
- Update the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
- Create and/or update the `RELEASE_NOTES` file.
- Update the `VERSION` file.
- Create and/or update the `VERSION` file.
- Update `DOCS/client-api-changes.rst` and `DOCS/interface-changes.rst`
(in particular, update the last version numbers if necessary)
- Commit changes.
- Create tag v0.X.Y.
- Create signed tag v0.X.Y.
- Add -UNKNOWN suffix to version in `VERSION` file.
- Commit changes, push branch and tag to GitHub.
- Push branch and tag to GitHub.
- Create a new GitHub release using the content of `RELEASE_NOTES` related to
the new version.
+50 -26
View File
@@ -46,7 +46,9 @@ player/*.c:
- most state is in MPContext (core.h), which is not available to the
subsystems
- the currently played tracks are in mpctx->current_tracks, and decoder
state in track.d_video/d_audio/d_sub
state in d_video/d_audio/d_sub
- the timeline stuff is used only with MKV ordered chapters (and some other
minor features: cue, edl)
- the other subsystems rarely call back into the frontend, and the frontend
polls them instead (probably a good thing)
- one exceptions are wakeup callbacks, which notify a "higher" component
@@ -54,15 +56,23 @@ player/*.c:
I like to call the player/*.c files the "frontend".
ta.h & ta.c:
Hierarchical memory manager inspired by talloc from Samba. It's like a
malloc() with more features. Most importantly, each talloc allocation can
have a parent, and if the parent is free'd, all children will be free'd as
well. The parent is an arbitrary talloc allocation. It's either set by the
allocation call by passing a talloc parent, usually as first argument to the
allocation function. It can also be set or reset later by other calls (at
least talloc_steal()). A talloc allocation that is used as parent is often
called a talloc context.
talloc.h & talloc.c:
Hierarchical memory manager copied from Samba. It's like a malloc() with
more features. Most importantly, each talloc allocation can have a parent,
and if the parent is free'd, all children will be free'd as well. The
parent is an arbitrary talloc allocation. It's either set by the allocation
call by passing a talloc parent, usually as first argument to the allocation
function. It can also be set or reset later by other calls (at least
talloc_steal()). A talloc allocation that is used as parent is often called
a talloc context.
Lots of code still uses malloc() proper, and you should be careful what
type of allocation you're dealing with when returning or free'ing an
allocation. (Needless to say, talloc_free() and free() are completely
different things.)
The copy in mpv has been modified to abort on OOM conditions. An
allocation call will never return NULL.
One very useful feature of talloc is fast tracking of memory leaks. ("Fast"
as in it doesn't require valgrind.) You can enable it by setting the
@@ -73,14 +83,16 @@ ta.h & ta.c:
Documentation can be found here:
http://git.samba.org/?p=samba.git;a=blob;f=lib/talloc/talloc.h;hb=HEAD
For some reason, we're still using API-compatible wrappers instead of TA
directly. The talloc wrapper has only a subset of the functionality, and
in particular the wrappers abort() on memory allocation failure.
Note: unlike tcmalloc, jemalloc, etc., talloc() is not actually a malloc
replacement. It works on top of system malloc and provides additional
features that are supposed to make memory management easier.
Warning: actually, we're not using talloc anymore. talloc in mpv has been
replaced by a custom re-implementation (TA in ta/). It provides
some talloc emulation (just the parts needed by mpv). We will get
rid of the talloc emulation later and use TA natively.
(See ta/README for details.)
player/command.c:
This contains the implementation for client API commands and properties.
Properties are essentially dynamic variables changed by certain commands.
@@ -108,7 +120,7 @@ options/options.h, options/options.c
their own sub-option tables separate from MPOpts.
The actual option parser is spread over m_option.c, m_config.c, and
parse_commandline.c, and uses the option table in options.c.
parser-mpcmd.c, and uses the option table in options.c.
input/input.c:
This translates keyboard input coming from VOs and other sources (such
@@ -149,7 +161,8 @@ demux/:
Most demuxers have been removed from this fork, and the only important and
"actual" demuxers left are demux_mkv.c and demux_lavf.c (uses libavformat).
There are some pseudo demuxers like demux_cue.c.
There are some pseudo demuxers like demux_cue.c, which exist only to invoke
other frontend code (tl_cue.c in this case).
The main interface is in demux.h. The stream headers are in stheader.h.
There is a stream header for each audio/video/sub stream, and each of them
@@ -163,8 +176,8 @@ video/:
internally.
video/decode/:
vd_*.c are video decoders. (There's only vd_lavc.c left.) dec_video.c
handles most of connecting the frontend with the actual decoder.
vd_*.c are video decoders. (There's only vd_lavc.c left.) dec_video.c/vd.c
handle most of connecting the frontend with the actual decoder.
video/filter/:
vf_*.c and vf.c form the video filter chain. They are fed by the video
@@ -180,23 +193,24 @@ video/out/:
vo_opengl can pick a windowing system at runtime, e.g. the same binary can
provide both X11 and Cocoa support on OSX.
VOs can be reconfigured at runtime. A vo_reconfig() call can change the video
VOs can be reconfigured at runtime. A vo_config() call can change the video
resolution and format, without destroying the window.
vo_opengl should be taken as reference.
vo_vdpau and vo_opengl should be taken as reference.
audio/:
format.h/format.c define the uncompressed audio formats. (As well as some
compressed formats used for spdif.)
audio/decode/:
ad_*.c and dec_audio.c handle audio decoding. ad_lavc.c is the
ad_*.c and dec_audio.c/ad.c handle audio decoding. ad_lavc.c is the
decoder using ffmpeg. ad_spdif.c is not really a decoder, but is used for
compressed audio passthrough.
audio/filter/:
Audio filter chain. af_lavrresample is inserted if any form of conversion
between audio formats is needed.
between audio formats is needed. (af_convert24.c and af_convertsignendian.c
are also used for some formats not directly supported by FFmpeg.)
audio/out/:
Audio outputs.
@@ -230,12 +244,22 @@ sub/:
The subtitles are passed to dec_sub.c and the subtitle decoders in sd_*.c
as they are demuxed. All text subtitles are rendered by sd_ass.c. If text
subtitles are not in the ASS format, the libavcodec subtitle converters are
used (lavc_conv.c).
subtitles are not in the ASS format, subtitle converters are inserted, for
example sd_srt.c, which is used to convert SRT->ASS. sd_srt.c is also used
as general converter for text->ASS (to prevent interpretation of text as
ASS tags).
Text subtitles can be preloaded, in which case they are read fully as soon
as the subtitle is selected. In this case, they are effectively stored in
sd_ass.c's internal state.
as the subtitle is selected, and then effectively stored in an ASS_Track.
It's used for external text subtitles, and required to make codepage
detection as well as timing postprocessing work. (Timing postprocessing
removes tiny gaps or overlaps between subtitle events.)
player/timeline/:
A timeline is the abstraction used by loadfile.c to combine several files
into one seemingly linear video. It's mainly used for ordered chapters
playback. The high level code to find and load other files containing the
segments for playing an ordered chapters file is in tl_matroska.c.
etc/:
The file input.conf is actually integrated into the mpv binary by the
+1 -1
View File
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ mpv's custom build step on top of waf
Build step is pretty much vanilla waf. The only difference being that the list
of source files can contain both strings or tuples. If a tuple is found,
the second element in the tuple will be used to match the features detected
the second element in the tuple will the used to match the features detected
in the configure step (the ``name`` field described above). If this feature
was not enabled during configure, the source file will not be compiled in.
View File
File renamed without changes.
-502
View File
@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2.1, February 1999
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
the version number 2.1.]
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
introduced by others.
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
libraries into non-free programs.
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
the library.
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
special circumstances.
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
system.
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
that program using a modified version of the Library.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
be combined with the library in order to run.
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
and installation of the library.
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
and what the program that uses the Library does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
Library.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
in the event an application does not supply such function or
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
its purpose remains meaningful.
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
root function must still compute square roots.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
collective works based on the Library.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
the scope of this License.
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
these notices.
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
the Library into a program that is not a library.
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
medium customarily used for software interchange.
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
engineering for debugging such modifications.
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
of these things:
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
to use the modified definitions.)
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
least three years, to give the same user the materials
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
than the cost of performing this distribution.
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
specified materials from the same place.
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable.
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
distribute.
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
Sections above.
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
the Library or works based on it.
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
this License.
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
written in the body of this License.
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
the Free Software Foundation.
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
ordinary General Public License).
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
Ty Coon, President of Vice
That's all there is to it!
+66 -65
View File
@@ -5,29 +5,20 @@
--------------
* [External links](#external-links)
* [Overview](#overview)
* [System requirements](#system-requirements)
* [Downloads](#downloads)
* [Changelog](#changelog)
* [Compilation](#compilation)
* [FFmpeg vs. Libav](#ffmpeg-vs-libav)
* [FFmpeg ABI compatibility](#ffmpeg-abi-compatibility)
* [Release cycle](#release-cycle)
* [Bug reports](#bug-reports)
* [Contributing](#contributing)
* [Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2](#relation-to-mplayer-and-mplayer2)
* [License](#license)
* [Contact](#contact)
## External links
* [Wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki)
* [FAQ](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FAQ)
* [Manual](http://mpv.io/manual/master/)
* [Man pages](http://mpv.io/manual/master/)
* [Contact](#contact)
* [License](#license)
## Overview
@@ -39,27 +30,29 @@ Releases can be found on the [release list][releases].
## System requirements
- A not too ancient Linux, Windows 7 or later, or OSX 10.8 or later.
- A somewhat capable CPU. Hardware decoding might help if the CPU is too slow to
decode video in realtime, but must be explicitly enabled with the `--hwdec`
option.
- A not too ancient Linux, or Windows Vista or later, or OSX 10.8 or later.
- A somewhat capable CPU. Hardware decoding might sometimes help if the CPU
is too slow to decode video realtime, but must be explicitly enabled with
the `--hwdec` option. On Windows, a CPU with SSE4 instruction set is required
to get decent hardware decoding performance.
- A not too crappy GPU. mpv is not intended to be used with bad GPUs. There are
many caveats with drivers or system compositors causing tearing, stutter,
etc. On Windows, you might want to make sure the graphics drivers are
current. In some cases, ancient fallback video output methods can help
(such as `--vo=xv` on Linux), but this use is not recommended or supported.
current, especially OpenGL. In some cases, ancient fallback video output
methods can help (such as `--vo=xv` on Linux), but this use is not
recommended or supported.
## Downloads
For semi-official builds and third-party packages please see
[mpv.io/installation](http://mpv.io/installation/).
[mpv.io](http://mpv.io/installation/).
## Changelog
There is no complete changelog; however, changes to the player core interface
There is no completely changelog, however changes to the player core interface
are listed in the [interface changelog][interface-changes].
Changes to the C API are documented in the [client API changelog][api-changes].
@@ -67,7 +60,7 @@ Changes to the C API are documented in the [client API changelog][api-changes].
The [release list][releases] has a summary of most of the important changes
on every release.
Changes to the default key bindings are indicated in
Changes to the default key bindings are inidcated in
[restore-old-bindings.conf][restore-old-bindings].
## Compilation
@@ -76,9 +69,9 @@ Changes to the default key bindings are indicated in
Compiling with full features requires development files for several
external libraries. Below is a list of some important requirements.
The mpv build system uses [waf](https://waf.io/), but we don't store it in the
repository. The `./bootstrap.py` script will download the latest version
of waf that was tested with the build system.
The mpv build system uses *waf* but we don't store it in your source tree. The
script './bootstrap.py' will download the latest version of waf that was tested
with the build system.
For a list of the available build options use `./waf configure --help`. If
you think you have support for some feature installed but configure fails to
@@ -95,21 +88,14 @@ To build the software you can use `./waf build`: the result of the compilation
will be located in `build/mpv`. You can use `./waf install` to install mpv
to the *prefix* after it is compiled.
Example:
./bootstrap.py
./waf configure
./waf
./waf install
Essential dependencies (incomplete list):
- gcc or clang
- X development headers (xlib, xrandr, xext, xscrnsaver, xinerama, libvdpau,
libGL, GLX, EGL, xv, ...)
- X development headers (xlib, X extensions, libvdpau, libGL, libXv, ...)
- Audio output development headers (libasound/ALSA, pulseaudio)
- FFmpeg libraries (libavutil libavcodec libavformat libswscale libavfilter
and either libswresample or libavresample)
At least FFmpeg 3.2.2 or Libav 12 is required.
- zlib
- iconv (normally provided by the system libc)
- libass (OSD, OSC, text subtitles)
@@ -129,20 +115,20 @@ Libass dependencies:
FFmpeg dependencies:
- gcc or clang, yasm on x86 and x86_64
- OpenSSL or GnuTLS (have to be explicitly enabled when compiling FFmpeg)
- libx264/libmp3lame/libfdk-aac if you want to use encoding (have to be
explicitly enabled when compiling FFmpeg)
- OpenSSL (has to be explicitly enabled when compiling ffmpeg)
- libx264/libmp3lame/libfdk-aac if you want to use encoding (has to be
explicitly enabled when compiling ffmpeg)
- Libav also works, but some features will not work. (See section below.)
Most of the above libraries are available in suitable versions on normal
Linux distributions. For ease of compiling the latest git master of everything,
you may wish to use the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build])
which first compiles FFmpeg libraries and libass, and then compiles the player
statically linked against those.
Linux distributions. However FFmpeg is an exception (distro versions may be
too old to work at all or work well). For that reason you may want to use
the separately available build wrapper ([mpv-build][mpv-build]) that first compiles FFmpeg
libraries and libass, and then compiles the player statically linked against
those.
If you want to build a Windows binary, you either have to use MSYS2 and MinGW,
or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See
[Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
or cross-compile from Linux with MinGW. See [Windows compilation][windows_compilation].
## FFmpeg vs. Libav
@@ -153,6 +139,20 @@ of both FFmpeg and Libav. But FFmpeg is preferred, and some mpv features work
with FFmpeg only (subtitle formats in particular).
## Preferred FFmpeg version
Using the latest FFmpeg release (or FFmpeg git master) is strongly recommended.
Older versions are unsupported, even if the build system still happens to
accept them. The main reason mpv still builds with older FFmpeg versions is to
evade arguing with people (users, distros) who insist on using older FFmpeg
versions for no rational reason.
If you want to use a stable FFmpeg release, use the latest release, which has
most likely the best maintenance out of all stable releases. Older releases
are for distros, and at best receive basic changes like fixing critical security
issues or build fixes, and at worst are completely abandoned.
## FFmpeg ABI compatibility
mpv does not support linking against FFmpeg versions it was not built with, even
@@ -184,45 +184,42 @@ See the [release policy document][release-policy] for more information.
Please use the [issue tracker][issue-tracker] provided by GitHub to send us bug
reports or feature requests. Follow the template's instructions or the issue
will likely be ignored or closed as invalid.
Using the bug tracker as place for simple questions is fine but IRC is
recommended (see [Contact](#Contact) below).
reports or feature requests.
## Contributing
Please read [contribute.md][contribute.md].
For small changes you can just send us pull requests through GitHub. For bigger
changes come and talk to us on IRC before you start working on them. It will
make code review easier for both parties later on.
You can check [the wiki](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/Stuff-to-do)
or the [issue tracker](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3A%22feature+request%22)
for ideas on what you could contribute with.
## Relation to MPlayer and mplayer2
mpv is a fork of MPlayer. Much has changed, and in general, mpv should be
considered a completely new program, rather than a MPlayer drop-in replacement.
For details see [FAQ entry](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/wiki/FAQ#How_is_mpv_related_to_MPlayer).
mpv is based on mplayer2, which in turn is based on the original MPlayer
(also called mplayer, mplayer-svn, mplayer1). Many changes have been made, a
large part of which is incompatible or completely changes how the player
behaves. Although there are still many similarities to its ancestors, mpv
should generally be treated as a completely different program.
mpv was forked because we wanted to modernize MPlayer. This includes
removing cruft (including features which stopped making sense 10 years ago),
and of course adding modern features. Such huge and intrusive changes made it
infeasible to work directly with MPlayer, which is mostly focused on
preservation, so a fork had to be made. (Actually, mpv is based on mplayer2,
which already started this process of removing cruft.)
In general, mpv should be considered a completely new program, rather than a
MPlayer drop-in replacement.
If you are wondering what's different from mplayer2 and MPlayer, an incomplete
and largely unmaintained list of changes is located [here][mplayer-changes].
## License
GPLv2 "or later" by default, LGPLv2.1 "or later" with `--enable-lgpl`.
See [details.](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/Copyright)
and now unmaintained list of changes is located [here][mplayer-changes].
## Contact
Most activity happens on the IRC channel and the github issue tracker.
Most activity happens on the IRC channel and the github issue tracker. The
mailing lists are mostly unused.
- **GitHub issue tracker**: [issue tracker][issue-tracker] (report bugs here)
- **User IRC Channel**: `#mpv` on `irc.freenode.net`
@@ -242,4 +239,8 @@ only if discretion is required.
[interface-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/interface-changes.rst
[api-changes]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/client-api-changes.rst
[restore-old-bindings]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/etc/restore-old-bindings.conf
[contribute.md]: https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/DOCS/contribute.md
## License
Mostly GPLv2 or later. See [details.](https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/Copyright)
+2276 -136
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large. Load diff
View File
Whitespace-only changes.
+2 -7
View File
@@ -10,10 +10,7 @@ export PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3
"$PYTHON" bootstrap.py
"$PYTHON" waf configure \
--check-c-compiler=gcc \
--disable-egl-angle-lib \
--enable-crossc \
--enable-d3d-hwaccel \
--enable-d3d11 \
--disable-cdda \
--enable-egl-angle \
--enable-jpeg \
--enable-lcms2 \
@@ -21,7 +18,5 @@ export PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3
--enable-libass \
--enable-lua \
--enable-rubberband \
--enable-shaderc \
--enable-uchardet \
--enable-vulkan
--enable-uchardet
"$PYTHON" waf build
+12 -49
View File
@@ -1,6 +1,15 @@
#!/usr/bin/bash
set -e
case $MSYSTEM in
MINGW32)
export MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX=mingw-w64-i686
;;
MINGW64)
export MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX=mingw-w64-x86_64
;;
esac
# Write an empty fonts.conf to speed up fc-cache
export FONTCONFIG_FILE=/dummy-fonts.conf
cat >"$FONTCONFIG_FILE" <<EOF
@@ -11,62 +20,16 @@ EOF
# Install build dependencies for mpv
pacman -S --noconfirm --needed \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-toolchain \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-gcc \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-angleproject-git \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-cmake \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-ffmpeg \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lcms2 \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libarchive \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libass \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-libjpeg-turbo \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-lua51 \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-ninja \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-rubberband \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-uchardet \
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-vulkan
$MINGW_PACKAGE_PREFIX-uchardet
# Delete unused packages to reduce space used in the Appveyor cache
pacman -Sc --noconfirm
# Compile ffmpeg
(
git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/FFmpeg/ffmpeg.git && cd ffmpeg
mkdir build && cd build
../configure \
--prefix=$MINGW_PREFIX \
--target-os=mingw32 \
--arch=$MSYSTEM_CARCH \
--disable-static \
--disable-doc \
--disable-asm \
--enable-gpl \
--enable-version3 \
--enable-shared \
--enable-pic \
--enable-d3d11va \
--enable-dxva2 \
--enable-schannel
make -j4 install
)
# Compile shaderc
(
git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/google/shaderc && cd shaderc
git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/google/glslang.git third_party/glslang
git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/KhronosGroup/SPIRV-Tools.git third_party/spirv-tools
git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/KhronosGroup/SPIRV-Headers.git third_party/spirv-headers
mkdir build && cd build
cmake -GNinja -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DSHADERC_SKIP_TESTS=ON \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$MINGW_PREFIX ..
ninja install
cp -f libshaderc/libshaderc_shared.dll $MINGW_PREFIX/bin/
)
# Compile crossc
(
git clone --depth=1 https://github.com/rossy/crossc && cd crossc
git submodule update --init
make -j4 install prefix=$MINGW_PREFIX
)
+5 -26
View File
@@ -5,44 +5,23 @@
# of every string, so code using the string may need to remove that to get
# the exact contents of the original file.
#
# This file is part of mpv.
#
# mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License along with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
from __future__ import unicode_literals
import sys
# Indexing a byte string yields int on Python 3.x, and a str on Python 2.x
def pord(c):
return ord(c) if type(c) == str else c
def file2string(infilename, infile, outfile):
outfile.write("// Generated from %s\n\n" % infilename)
def main(infile):
conv = ['\\' + ("%03o" % c) for c in range(256)]
safe_chars = "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" \
"0123456789!#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[]^_{|}~ "
for c in safe_chars:
conv[ord(c)] = c
for c, esc in ("\nn", "\tt", r"\\", '""'):
conv[ord(c)] = '\\' + esc
for line in infile:
outfile.write('"' + ''.join(conv[pord(c)] for c in line) + '"\n')
sys.stdout.write('"' + ''.join(conv[pord(c)] for c in line) + '"\n')
if __name__ == "__main__":
with open(sys.argv[1], 'rb') as infile:
file2string(sys.argv[1], infile, sys.stdout)
with open(sys.argv[1], 'rb') as infile:
sys.stdout.write("// Generated from %s\n\n" % sys.argv[1])
main(infile)
-9
View File
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
#!/bin/sh
# This script is expected to be called as TOOLS/gen-osd-font.sh (it will access
# TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir), and it will write sub/osd_font.otf.
# Needs fontforge with python scripting
fontforge -lang=py -c 'f=open(argv[1]); f.generate(argv[2])' \
TOOLS/mpv-osd-symbols.sfdir sub/osd_font.otf
+15
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
#!/bin/sh
# This script is expected to be called as TOOLS/gen-x11-icon.sh (it will access
# etc/mpv-icon...), and it will write video/out/x11_icon.bin.
conv() {
echo
echo `identify -format "icon: %w %h" "$1"`
convert "$1" -depth 8 rgba:-
}
(echo "# File generated by gen-x11-icon.sh" ;
conv etc/mpv-icon-8bit-16x16.png ;
conv etc/mpv-icon-8bit-32x32.png ;
conv etc/mpv-icon-8bit-64x64.png) | gzip -c > video/out/x11_icon.bin
-155
View File
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-- This script adds control to the dynamic range compression ffmpeg
-- filter including key bindings for adjusting parameters.
--
-- See https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html#acompressor for explanation
-- of the parameteres.
local mp = require 'mp'
local options = require 'mp.options'
local o = {
default_enable = false,
show_osd = true,
osd_timeout = 4000,
filter_label = mp.get_script_name(),
key_toggle = 'n',
key_increase_threshold = 'F1',
key_decrease_threshold = 'Shift+F1',
key_increase_ratio = 'F2',
key_decrease_ratio = 'Shift+F2',
key_increase_knee = 'F3',
key_decrease_knee = 'Shift+F3',
key_increase_makeup = 'F4',
key_decrease_makeup = 'Shift+F4',
key_increase_attack = 'F5',
key_decrease_attack = 'Shift+F5',
key_increase_release = 'F6',
key_decrease_release = 'Shift+F6',
default_threshold = -25.0,
default_ratio = 3.0,
default_knee = 2.0,
default_makeup = 8.0,
default_attack = 20.0,
default_release = 250.0,
step_threshold = -2.5,
step_ratio = 1.0,
step_knee = 1.0,
step_makeup = 1.0,
step_attack = 10.0,
step_release = 10.0,
}
options.read_options(o)
local params = {
{ name = 'attack', min=0.01, max=2000, hide_default=true, dB='' },
{ name = 'release', min=0.01, max=9000, hide_default=true, dB='' },
{ name = 'threshold', min= -30, max= 0, hide_default=false, dB='dB' },
{ name = 'ratio', min= 1, max= 20, hide_default=false, dB='' },
{ name = 'knee', min= 1, max= 10, hide_default=true, dB='dB' },
{ name = 'makeup', min= 0, max= 24, hide_default=false, dB='dB' },
}
local function parse_value(value)
-- Using nil here because tonumber differs between lua 5.1 and 5.2 when parsing fractions in combination with explicit base argument set to 10.
-- And we can't omit it because gsub returns 2 values which would get unpacked and cause more problems. Gotta love scripting languages.
return tonumber(value:gsub('dB$', ''), nil)
end
local function format_value(value, dB)
return string.format('%g%s', value, dB)
end
local function show_osd(filter)
if not o.show_osd then
return
end
if not filter.enabled then
mp.commandv('show-text', 'Dynamic range compressor: disabled', o.osd_timeout)
return
end
local pretty = {}
for _,param in ipairs(params) do
local value = parse_value(filter.params[param.name])
if not (param.hide_default and value == o['default_' .. param.name]) then
pretty[#pretty+1] = string.format('%s: %g%s', param.name:gsub("^%l", string.upper), value, param.dB)
end
end
if #pretty == 0 then
pretty = ''
else
pretty = '\n(' .. table.concat(pretty, ', ') .. ')'
end
mp.commandv('show-text', 'Dynamic range compressor: enabled' .. pretty, o.osd_timeout)
end
local function get_filter()
local af = mp.get_property_native('af', {})
for i = 1, #af do
if af[i].label == o.filter_label then
return af, i
end
end
af[#af+1] = {
name = 'acompressor',
label = o.filter_label,
enabled = false,
params = {},
}
for _,param in pairs(params) do
af[#af].params[param.name] = format_value(o['default_' .. param.name], param.dB)
end
return af, #af
end
local function toggle_acompressor()
local af, i = get_filter()
af[i].enabled = not af[i].enabled
mp.set_property_native('af', af)
show_osd(af[i])
end
local function update_param(name, increment)
for _,param in pairs(params) do
if param.name == string.lower(name) then
local af, i = get_filter()
local value = parse_value(af[i].params[param.name])
value = math.max(param.min, math.min(value + increment, param.max))
af[i].params[param.name] = format_value(value, param.dB)
af[i].enabled = true
mp.set_property_native('af', af)
show_osd(af[i])
return
end
end
mp.msg.error('Unknown parameter "' .. name .. '"')
end
mp.add_key_binding(o.key_toggle, "toggle-acompressor", toggle_acompressor)
mp.register_script_message('update-param', update_param)
for _,param in pairs(params) do
for direction,step in pairs({increase=1, decrease=-1}) do
mp.add_key_binding(o['key_' .. direction .. '_' .. param.name],
'acompressor-' .. direction .. '-' .. param.name,
function() update_param(param.name, step*o['step_' .. param.name]); end,
{ repeatable = true })
end
end
if o.default_enable then
local af, i = get_filter()
af[i].enabled = true
mp.set_property_native('af', af)
end
+5
View File
@@ -6,3 +6,8 @@ mp.observe_property("audio-device-list", "native", function(name, val)
print(" - '" .. e.name .. "' (" .. e.description .. ")")
end
end)
mp.observe_property("audio-out-detected-device", "native", function(name, val)
print("Detected audio device changed:")
print(" - '" .. val)
end)
+3 -4
View File
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ function autocrop_start()
-- insert the cropdetect filter
ret=mp.command(
string.format(
'vf add @%s:cropdetect=limit=%f:round=2:reset=0',
cropdetect_label, 24/255
'vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="cropdetect=limit=24:round=2:reset=0"',
cropdetect_label
)
)
-- wait to gather data
@@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ function do_crop()
local cropdetect_metadata = mp.get_property_native(
string.format("vf-metadata/%s", cropdetect_label)
)
-- use it to crop if its valid
if cropdetect_metadata then
if cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.w"]
@@ -87,7 +86,7 @@ function do_crop()
and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.x"]
and cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.y"]
then
mp.command(string.format("vf add @%s:lavfi-crop=w=%s:h=%s:x=%s:y=%s",
mp.command(string.format("vf add @%s:crop=%s:%s:%s:%s",
crop_label,
cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.w"],
cropdetect_metadata["lavfi.cropdetect.h"],
+27 -38
View File
@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
-- currently playing video.
--
-- It registers the key-binding ctrl+d, which when pressed, inserts the filters
-- ``vf=idet,lavfi-pullup,idet``. After 4 seconds, it removes these
-- ``vf=lavfi=idet,pullup,vf=lavfi=idet``. After 4 seconds, it removes these
-- filters and decides whether the content is progressive, interlaced, or
-- telecined and the interlacing field dominance.
--
-- Based on this information, it may set mpv's ``deinterlace`` property (which
-- usually inserts the yadif filter), or insert the ``pullup`` filter if the
-- content is telecined. It also sets field dominance with lavfi setfield.
-- content is telecined. It also sets mpv's ``field-dominance`` property.
--
-- OPTIONS:
-- The default detection time may be overridden by adding
@@ -22,14 +22,16 @@
-- To see counts of the various types of frames for each detection phase,
-- the verbosity can be increased with
--
-- --msg-level=autodeint=v
-- --msg-level autodeint=v
--
-- This script requires a recent version of ffmpeg for which the idet
-- filter adds the required metadata.
require "mp.msg"
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
detect_label = string.format("%s-detect", script_name)
pullup_label = string.format("%s", script_name)
dominance_label = string.format("%s-dominance", script_name)
ivtc_detect_label = string.format("%s-ivtc-detect", script_name)
-- number of seconds to gather cropdetect data
@@ -53,10 +55,6 @@ function del_filter_if_present(label)
return false
end
local function add_vf(label, filter)
return mp.command(('vf add @%s:%s'):format(label, filter))
end
function start_detect()
-- exit if detection is already in progress
if timer then
@@ -66,13 +64,11 @@ function start_detect()
mp.set_property("deinterlace","no")
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
-- insert the detection filters
if not (add_vf(detect_label, 'idet') and
add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode=auto') and
add_vf(pullup_label, 'lavfi-pullup') and
add_vf(ivtc_detect_label, 'idet')) then
-- insert the detection filter
local cmd = string.format('vf add @%s:lavfi=graph="idet",@%s:pullup,@%s:lavfi=graph="idet"',
detect_label, pullup_label, ivtc_detect_label)
if not mp.command(cmd) then
mp.msg.error("failed to insert detection filters")
return
end
@@ -92,12 +88,12 @@ progressive, interlaced_tff, interlaced_bff, interlaced = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
function judge(label)
-- get the metadata
local result = mp.get_property_native(string.format("vf-metadata/%s", label))
local num_tff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.tff"])
local num_bff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.bff"])
local num_progressive = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.progressive"])
local num_undetermined = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.undetermined"])
local num_interlaced = num_tff + num_bff
local num_determined = num_interlaced + num_progressive
num_tff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.tff"])
num_bff = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.bff"])
num_progressive = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.progressive"])
num_undetermined = tonumber(result["lavfi.idet.multiple.undetermined"])
num_interlaced = num_tff + num_bff
num_determined = num_interlaced + num_progressive
mp.msg.verbose(label.." progressive = "..num_progressive)
mp.msg.verbose(label.." interlaced-tff = "..num_tff)
@@ -120,33 +116,26 @@ end
function select_filter()
-- handle the first detection filter results
local verdict = judge(detect_label)
local ivtc_verdict = judge(ivtc_detect_label)
local dominance = "auto"
verdict = judge(detect_label)
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info("progressive: doing nothing")
stop_detect()
del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
return
else
if verdict == interlaced_tff then
dominance = "tff"
add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode='..dominance)
elseif verdict == interlaced_bff then
dominance = "bff"
add_vf(dominance_label, 'setfield=mode='..dominance)
else
del_filter_if_present(dominance_label)
end
elseif verdict == interlaced_tff then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "top")
elseif verdict == interlaced_bff then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "bottom")
elseif verdict == interlaced then
mp.set_property("field-dominance", "auto")
end
-- handle the ivtc detection filter results
if ivtc_verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info(string.format("telecined with %s field dominance: using pullup", dominance))
verdict = judge(ivtc_detect_label)
if verdict == progressive then
mp.msg.info(string.format("telecinied with %s field dominance: using pullup", mp.get_property("field-dominance")))
stop_detect()
else
mp.msg.info(string.format("interlaced with %s field dominance: setting deinterlace property", dominance))
mp.msg.info(string.format("interlaced with %s field dominance: setting deinterlace property", mp.get_property("field-dominance")))
del_filter_if_present(pullup_label)
mp.set_property("deinterlace","yes")
stop_detect()
+9 -36
View File
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ end
EXTENSIONS = Set {
'mkv', 'avi', 'mp4', 'ogv', 'webm', 'rmvb', 'flv', 'wmv', 'mpeg', 'mpg', 'm4v', '3gp',
'mp3', 'wav', 'ogm', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wma', 'ogg', 'opus',
'mp3', 'wav', 'ogv', 'flac', 'm4a', 'wma',
}
mputils = require 'mp.utils'
@@ -53,37 +53,6 @@ table.filter = function(t, iter)
end
end
-- splitbynum and alnumcomp from alphanum.lua (C) Andre Bogus
-- Released under the MIT License
-- http://www.davekoelle.com/files/alphanum.lua
-- split a string into a table of number and string values
function splitbynum(s)
local result = {}
for x, y in (s or ""):gmatch("(%d*)(%D*)") do
if x ~= "" then table.insert(result, tonumber(x)) end
if y ~= "" then table.insert(result, y) end
end
return result
end
function clean_key(k)
k = (' '..k..' '):gsub("%s+", " "):sub(2, -2):lower()
return splitbynum(k)
end
-- compare two strings
function alnumcomp(x, y)
local xt, yt = clean_key(x), clean_key(y)
for i = 1, math.min(#xt, #yt) do
local xe, ye = xt[i], yt[i]
if type(xe) == "string" then ye = tostring(ye)
elseif type(ye) == "string" then xe = tostring(xe) end
if xe ~= ye then return xe < ye end
end
return #xt < #yt
end
function find_and_add_entries()
local path = mp.get_property("path", "")
local dir, filename = mputils.split_path(path)
@@ -103,16 +72,20 @@ function find_and_add_entries()
return
end
table.filter(files, function (v, k)
if string.match(v, "^%.") then
return false
end
local ext = get_extension(v)
if ext == nil then
return false
end
return EXTENSIONS[string.lower(ext)]
end)
table.sort(files, alnumcomp)
table.sort(files, function (a, b)
local len = string.len(a) - string.len(b)
if len ~= 0 then -- case for ordering filename ending with such as X.Y.Z
local ext = string.len(get_extension(a)) + 1
return string.sub(a, 1, -ext) < string.sub(b, 1, -ext)
end
return string.lower(a) < string.lower(b)
end)
if dir == "." then
dir = ""
+99
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
-- This script enables live control of the dynamic range compression
-- (drc) audio filter while the video is playing back. This can be
-- useful to avoid having to stop and restart mpv to adjust filter
-- parameters. See the entry for "drc" under the "AUDIO FILTERS"
-- section of the man page for a complete description of the filter.
--
-- This script registers the key-binding "\" to toggle the filter between
--
-- * off
-- * method=1 (single-sample smoothing)
-- * method=2 (multi-sample smoothing)
--
-- It registers the keybindings ctrl+9/ctrl+0 to decrease/increase the
-- target ampltiude. These keys will insert the filter at the default
-- target amplitude of 0.25 if it was not previously present.
--
-- OSD feedback of the current filter state is displayed on pressing
-- each bound key.
script_name = mp.get_script_name()
function print_state(params)
if params then
mp.osd_message(script_name..":\n"
.."method = "..params["method"].."\n"
.."target = "..params["target"])
else
mp.osd_message(script_name..":\noff")
end
end
function get_index_of_drc(afs)
for i,af in pairs(afs) do
if af["label"] == script_name then
return i
end
end
end
function append_drc(afs)
afs[#afs+1] = {
name = "drc",
label = script_name,
params = {
method = "1",
target = "0.25"
}
}
print_state(afs[#afs]["params"])
end
function modify_or_create_af(fun)
afs = mp.get_property_native("af")
i = get_index_of_drc(afs)
if not i then
append_drc(afs)
else
fun(afs, i)
end
mp.set_property_native("af", afs)
end
function drc_toggle_method_handler()
modify_or_create_af(
function (afs, i)
new_method=(afs[i]["params"]["method"]+1)%3
if new_method == 0 then
table.remove(afs, i)
print_state(nil)
else
afs[i]["params"]["method"] = tostring((afs[i]["params"]["method"])%2+1)
print_state(afs[i]["params"])
end
end
)
end
function drc_scale_target(factor)
modify_or_create_af(
function (afs)
afs[i]["params"]["target"] = tostring(afs[i]["params"]["target"]*factor)
print_state(afs[i]["params"])
end
)
end
function drc_louder_handler()
drc_scale_target(2.0)
end
function drc_quieter_handler()
drc_scale_target(0.5)
end
-- toggle between off, method 1 and method 2
mp.add_key_binding("\\", "drc_toggle_method", drc_toggle_method_handler)
-- increase or decrease target volume
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+9", "drc_quieter", drc_quieter_handler)
mp.add_key_binding("ctrl+0", "drc_louder", drc_louder_handler)
+6 -27
View File
@@ -18,10 +18,10 @@ function update_status_line()
atsl("(Buffering) ")
end
if mp.get_property("aid") ~= "no" then
if mp.get_property("vid") ~= "no" then
atsl("A")
end
if mp.get_property("vid") ~= "no" then
if mp.get_property("aid") ~= "no" then
atsl("V")
end
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ function update_status_line()
r = mp.get_property_number("avsync", nil)
if r ~= nil then
atsl(string.format(" A-V: %f", r))
atsl(string.format(" A-V: %7.3f", r))
end
r = mp.get_property("total-avsync-change", 0)
@@ -51,24 +51,12 @@ function update_status_line()
atsl(string.format(" ct:%7.3f", r))
end
r = mp.get_property_number("decoder-drop-frame-count", -1)
r = mp.get_property_number("drop-frame-count", -1)
if r > 0 then
atsl(" Late: ")
atsl(r)
end
r = mp.get_property_osd("video-bitrate")
if r ~= nil and r ~= "" then
atsl(" Vb: ")
atsl(r)
end
r = mp.get_property_osd("audio-bitrate")
if r ~= nil and r ~= "" then
atsl(" Ab: ")
atsl(r)
end
r = mp.get_property_number("cache", 0)
if r > 0 then
atsl(string.format(" Cache: %d%% ", r))
@@ -78,15 +66,6 @@ function update_status_line()
mp.set_property("options/term-status-msg", newStatus)
end
timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, update_status_line)
-- Register the event
mp.register_event("tick", update_status_line)
function on_pause_change(name, value)
if value == false then
timer:resume()
else
timer:stop()
end
mp.add_timeout(0.1, update_status_line)
end
mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)
mp.register_event("seek", update_status_line)
+18 -29
View File
@@ -1,24 +1,25 @@
#!/usr/bin/env python3
#!/usr/bin/env python
"""
Generate C definitions for parsing Matroska files.
Can also be used to directly parse Matroska files and display their contents.
"""
#
# This file is part of mpv.
# This file is part of MPlayer.
#
# mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
# MPlayer is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# MPlayer is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License along with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
# with MPlayer; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
#
# for compatibility with Python 2.x
@@ -68,12 +69,6 @@ elements_matroska = (
'BlockDuration, 9b, uint',
'ReferenceBlock*, fb, sint',
'DiscardPadding, 75A2, sint',
'BlockAdditions, 75A1, sub', (
'BlockMore*, A6, sub', (
'BlockAddID, EE, uint',
'BlockAdditional, A5, binary',
),
),
),
'SimpleBlock*, a3, binary',
),
@@ -137,13 +132,6 @@ elements_matroska = (
'LuminanceMin, 55DA, float',
),
),
'Projection, 7670, sub', (
'ProjectionType, 7671, uint',
'ProjectionPrivate, 7672, binary',
'ProjectionPoseYaw, 7673, float',
'ProjectionPosePitch, 7674, float',
'ProjectionPoseRoll, 7675, float',
),
),
'Audio, e1, sub', (
'SamplingFrequency, b5, float',
@@ -283,7 +271,6 @@ def parse_elems(l, namespace):
for el in l:
if isinstance(el, str):
name, hexid, eltype = [x.strip() for x in el.split(',')]
hexid = hexid.lower()
multiple = name.endswith('*')
name = name.strip('*')
new = MatroskaElement(name, hexid, eltype, namespace)
@@ -298,8 +285,8 @@ parse_elems(elements_ebml, 'EBML')
parse_elems(elements_matroska, 'MATROSKA')
def printf(out, *args):
out.write(u' '.join([str(x) for x in args]))
out.write(u'\n')
out.write(' '.join([str(x) for x in args]))
out.write('\n')
def generate_C_header(out):
printf(out, '// Generated by TOOLS/matroska.py, do not edit manually')
@@ -413,6 +400,10 @@ def read_float(s, length):
def parse_one(s, depth, parent, maxlen):
elid = hexlify(read_id(s)).decode('ascii')
elem = elementd.get(elid)
if parent is not None and elid not in parent.subids and elid not in ('ec', 'bf'):
print('Unexpected:', elid)
if 1:
raise NotImplementedError
size, length = read_vint(s)
this_length = len(elid) / 2 + size + length
if elem is not None:
@@ -451,7 +442,7 @@ def parse_one(s, depth, parent, maxlen):
else:
raise NotImplementedError
else:
print(" " * depth, '[' + elid + '] Unknown element! size:', length)
print(depth, 'Unknown element:', elid, 'size:', length)
read(s, length)
return this_length
@@ -464,8 +455,6 @@ if __name__ == "__main__":
elif sys.argv[1] == '--generate-definitions':
generate_C_definitions(sys.stdout)
else:
if sys.version_info.major < 3:
raise Exception("Dumping requires Python 3.")
s = open(sys.argv[1], "rb")
while 1:
start = s.tell()
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
StartChar: .notdef
Encoding: 65536 -1 0
Width: 400
Flags: W
LayerCount: 2
EndChar
-77
View File
@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
SplineFontDB: 3.0
FontName: mpv-osd-symbols-Regular
FullName: mpv-osd-symbols Regular
FamilyName: mpv-osd-symbols
Weight: Normal
Copyright: This is generated file.
Version: 001.000
ItalicAngle: 0
UnderlinePosition: -133
UnderlineWidth: 50
Ascent: 800
Descent: 200
InvalidEm: 0
sfntRevision: 0x00010000
LayerCount: 2
Layer: 0 0 "Back" 1
Layer: 1 0 "Fore" 0
XUID: [1021 879 -1597228462 15927]
StyleMap: 0x0040
FSType: 8
OS2Version: 3
OS2_WeightWidthSlopeOnly: 0
OS2_UseTypoMetrics: 0
CreationTime: 1408646554
ModificationTime: 1492879730
PfmFamily: 81
TTFWeight: 400
TTFWidth: 5
LineGap: 0
VLineGap: 0
Panose: 0 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
OS2TypoAscent: 800
OS2TypoAOffset: 0
OS2TypoDescent: -200
OS2TypoDOffset: 0
OS2TypoLinegap: 90
OS2WinAscent: 1000
OS2WinAOffset: 0
OS2WinDescent: 200
OS2WinDOffset: 0
HheadAscent: 1000
HheadAOffset: 0
HheadDescent: -200
HheadDOffset: 0
OS2SubXSize: 650
OS2SubYSize: 600
OS2SubXOff: 0
OS2SubYOff: 75
OS2SupXSize: 650
OS2SupYSize: 600
OS2SupXOff: 0
OS2SupYOff: 350
OS2StrikeYSize: 50
OS2StrikeYPos: 220
OS2Vendor: 'PfEd'
OS2CodePages: 00000001.00000000
OS2UnicodeRanges: 00000000.00000000.00000000.00000000
DEI: 91125
LangName: 1033 "" "" "Regular" "1.000;PfEd;mpv-osd-symbols-Regular" "mpv-osd-symbols" "Version 1.000;PS 001.000;hotconv 1.0.70;makeotf.lib2.5.58329"
Encoding: UnicodeBmp
UnicodeInterp: none
NameList: AGL For New Fonts
DisplaySize: -72
AntiAlias: 1
FitToEm: 0
WinInfo: 57600 8 2
BeginPrivate: 8
BlueValues 31 [-10 0 640 650 720 730 800 810]
BlueScale 5 0.037
BlueShift 1 0
BlueFuzz 1 0
StdHW 4 [65]
StdVW 4 [65]
StemSnapH 8 [65 800]
StemSnapV 8 [65 150]
EndPrivate
EndSplineFont
-16
View File
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE001
Encoding: 57345 57345 1
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<200 200>
VStem: 200 375<400 400 400 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
575 400 m 1
200 0 l 1
200 800 l 1
575 400 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-22
View File
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE002
Encoding: 57346 57346 2
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 800<200 350 200 350 200 500 500 650>
VStem: 200 150<0 800 0 800> 500 150<0 800 0 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
350 800 m 1
350 0 l 1
200 0 l 1
200 800 l 1
350 800 l 1
650 800 m 1
650 0 l 1
500 0 l 1
500 800 l 1
650 800 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE003
Encoding: 57347 57347 3
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 720<110 775 110 775>
VStem: 110 665<0 720 0 720>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
775 720 m 1
775 0 l 1
110 0 l 1
110 720 l 1
775 720 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-20
View File
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE004
Encoding: 57348 57348 4
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<423 423 813 813>
VStem: 48 765<400 400>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
423 800 m 1
423 0 l 1
48 400 l 1
423 800 l 1
813 800 m 1
813 0 l 1
438 400 l 1
813 800 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-20
View File
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE005
Encoding: 57349 57349 5
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<95 95 485 485>
VStem: 95 765<400 400 400 800 400 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
470 400 m 1
95 0 l 1
95 800 l 1
470 400 l 1
860 400 m 1
485 0 l 1
485 800 l 1
860 400 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-47
View File
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE006
Encoding: 57350 57350 6
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 11<396 461 396 543> 196 171<397 461 396 462> 401 31 801 9<397 462 397 397>
VStem: 20 9<369 434 369 513> 224 173<369 408 367 434 367 434> 363 34 397 65<367 404 367 408 367 404 606 801> 462 173<368 404 404 404> 830 10<368 433 433 433>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 810 m 0x9940
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0x9940
397 606 m 1x5280
462 606 l 1
462 801 l 1
397 801 l 1
397 606 l 1x5280
462 367 m 1
462 404 l 1
710 627 l 1
683 657 l 1
439 437 l 1
363 592 l 1
318 570 l 1x4280
397 408 l 1
397 367 l 1x44
462 367 l 1
224 434 m 1
29 434 l 1
29 369 l 1
224 369 l 1
224 434 l 1
830 368 m 1
830 433 l 1
635 433 l 1
635 368 l 1
830 368 l 1
461 196 m 1
396 196 l 1
396 1 l 1
461 1 l 1
461 196 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-21
View File
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE007
Encoding: 57351 57351 7
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 80<339 430 339 543> 730 80<339 430>
VStem: 20 80<309 491 309 513>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 -10 m 0
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
430 70 m 1
430 730 l 1
248 730 100 582 100 400 c 0
100 218 248 70 430 70 c 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-37
View File
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE008
Encoding: 57352 57352 8
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 80<339 521 339 543> 240 160<269 313 546 590> 480 160<408 452> 730 80<339 521>
VStem: 20 80<309 491 309 513> 211 160<298 342> 350 160<538 582> 488 160<298 342> 760 80<309 491>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 -10 m 0xfa80
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0xfa80
430 70 m 0
612 70 760 218 760 400 c 0
760 582 612 730 430 730 c 0
248 730 100 582 100 400 c 0
100 218 248 70 430 70 c 0
430 480 m 0
386 480 350 516 350 560 c 0
350 604 386 640 430 640 c 0
474 640 510 604 510 560 c 0
510 516 474 480 430 480 c 0
291 240 m 0xfd80
247 240 211 276 211 320 c 0
211 364 247 400 291 400 c 0
335 400 371 364 371 320 c 0
371 276 335 240 291 240 c 0xfd80
568 240 m 0
524 240 488 276 488 320 c 0
488 364 524 400 568 400 c 0
612 400 648 364 648 320 c 0
648 276 612 240 568 240 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE009
Encoding: 57353 57353 9
Width: 880
Flags: HMW
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
716 10 m 1
378 244 l 1
165 244 l 1
165 559 l 1
379 559 l 1
716 793 l 1
716 10 l 1
EndSplineSet
Validated: 1
EndChar
-50
View File
@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE00A
Encoding: 57354 57354 10
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 252 48<406 406 456 456> 375 50<57 282 57 282 578 805> 500 48<406 406> 627 20G<149 149 713 713>
VStem: 282 48<375 375 425 425> 406 50<26 252 26 252 548 774> 530 48<375 375>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
805 375 m 1
578 375 l 1
574 352 565 331 553 313 c 1
713 153 l 1
678 118 l 1
518 278 l 1
500 265 479 256 456 252 c 1
456 26 l 1
406 26 l 1
406 252 l 1
383 256 362 265 343 277 c 1
184 118 l 1
149 153 l 1
308 312 l 1
295 330 286 352 282 375 c 1
57 375 l 1
57 425 l 1
282 425 l 1
286 448 295 470 308 488 c 1
149 647 l 1
184 682 l 1
343 523 l 1
362 535 383 544 406 548 c 1
406 774 l 1
456 774 l 1
456 548 l 1
479 544 500 535 518 522 c 1
678 682 l 1
713 647 l 1
553 487 l 1
565 469 574 448 578 425 c 1
805 425 l 1
805 375 l 1
430 300 m 0
485 300 530 345 530 400 c 0
530 455 485 500 430 500 c 0
375 500 330 455 330 400 c 0
330 345 375 300 430 300 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-27
View File
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE00B
Encoding: 57355 57355 11
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: -10 244<341 519 341 543> 566 54<413.5 446.5 413.5 519> 740 70<413.5 446.5>
VStem: 20 88<354 446 354 513> 752 88<354 446>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
430 -10 m 0
204 -10 20 174 20 400 c 0
20 626 204 810 430 810 c 0
656 810 840 626 840 400 c 0
840 174 656 -10 430 -10 c 0
430 620 m 0
463 620 490 647 490 680 c 0
490 713 463 740 430 740 c 0
397 740 370 713 370 680 c 0
370 647 397 620 430 620 c 0
430 234 m 0
608 234 752 308 752 400 c 0
752 492 608 566 430 566 c 0
252 566 108 492 108 400 c 0
108 308 252 234 430 234 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-21
View File
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE010
Encoding: 57360 57360 12
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 90<221 258 221 258> 550 90<221 258 221 221>
VStem: 76 145<90 550 90 640 90 640>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
258 640 m 1
258 550 l 1
221 550 l 1
221 90 l 1
258 90 l 1
258 0 l 1
76 0 l 1
76 640 l 1
258 640 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE011
Encoding: 57361 57361 13
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 640<84 250 84 250>
VStem: 84 166<0 640 0 640>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
250 640 m 1
250 0 l 1
84 0 l 1
84 640 l 1
250 640 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-21
View File
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE012
Encoding: 57362 57362 14
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 90<76 113 76 258 76 113> 550 90<76 113 76 258>
VStem: 113 145<90 550 550 550>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
113 90 m 1
113 550 l 1
76 550 l 1
76 640 l 1
258 640 l 1
258 0 l 1
76 0 l 1
76 90 l 1
113 90 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-17
View File
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE013
Encoding: 57363 57363 15
Width: 334
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 255 130<102 232 102 232>
VStem: 102 130<255 385 255 385>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
232 385 m 1
232 255 l 1
102 255 l 1
102 385 l 1
232 385 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-16
View File
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE101
Encoding: 57601 57601 16
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<222 222>
VStem: 222 600<400 400 400 800 400 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
822 400 m 1
222 0 l 1
222 800 l 1
822 400 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-25
View File
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE104
Encoding: 57604 57604 17
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 800<3 126 3 126 3 502 3 878> 780 20G<3 126 126 126 502 502 878 878>
VStem: 3 123<0 800 0 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
126 800 m 1x60
126 0 l 1
3 0 l 1xa0
3 800 l 1
126 800 l 1x60
502 800 m 1
502 0 l 1
127 400 l 1
502 800 l 1
878 800 m 1
878 0 l 1
503 400 l 1
878 800 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-25
View File
@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE105
Encoding: 57605 57605 18
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 800<3 3 3 379 3 755 755 878> 780 20G<3 3 379 379 755 878 878 878>
VStem: 755 123<0 800>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
3 0 m 1x60
3 800 l 1
378 400 l 1
3 0 l 1x60
379 0 m 1xa0
379 800 l 1
754 400 l 1
379 0 l 1xa0
878 0 m 1
755 0 l 1
755 800 l 1
878 800 l 1
878 0 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-22
View File
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE106
Encoding: 57606 57606 19
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 649<68.5 556.5>
VStem: 0 880
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
880 380 m 0
880 230 685 101 449 101 c 0
390 101 336 107 283 118 c 1
278 49 189 0 85 0 c 0
52 0 24 14 0 40 c 1
82 48 137 93 137 158 c 0
137 163 137 168 135 172 c 0
58 217 19 273 19 380 c 0
19 528 258 649 449 649 c 0
664 649 880 508 880 380 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-56
View File
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE107
Encoding: 57607 57607 20
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 0 60<0 60 60 820> 106 50<146 343 146 343 146 390 390 641 680 735> 207 50<99 317 99 317 99 363 363 488 529 781> 580 60<60 820 60 820>
VStem: 0 60<60 580> 99 218<207 257 207 257> 146 197<106 156 106 156> 363 125<207 257 207 257> 529 112<106 257 106 257> 680 55<106 156 106 156> 820 60<0 60 60 580>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
0 60 m 2xfde0
0 580 l 2
0 610 30 640 60 640 c 2
820 640 l 2
850 640 880 610 880 580 c 2
880 60 l 2
880 30 850 0 820 0 c 2
60 0 l 2
30 0 0 30 0 60 c 2xfde0
60 60 m 1
820 60 l 1
820 580 l 1
60 580 l 1
60 60 l 1
317 257 m 1
317 207 l 1
99 207 l 1
99 257 l 1
317 257 l 1
488 257 m 1
488 207 l 1
363 207 l 1
363 257 l 1
488 257 l 1
781 257 m 1
781 207 l 1
529 207 l 1
529 257 l 1
781 257 l 1
343 156 m 1x4280
343 106 l 1
146 106 l 1
146 156 l 1
343 156 l 1x4280
641 156 m 1
641 106 l 1
390 106 l 1
390 156 l 1x41c0
641 156 l 1
735 156 m 1
735 106 l 1
680 106 l 1
680 156 l 1
735 156 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-39
View File
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE108
Encoding: 57608 57608 21
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 80 60<0 60 60 820> 321 159<274 606 274 606> 660 60<60 820 60 820>
VStem: 0 60<140 660> 274 332<321 480 321 480> 820 60<80 140 140 660>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
0 140 m 2
0 660 l 2
0 690 30 720 60 720 c 2
820 720 l 2
850 720 880 690 880 660 c 2
880 140 l 2
880 110 850 80 820 80 c 2
60 80 l 2
30 80 0 110 0 140 c 2
60 140 m 1
820 140 l 1
820 660 l 1
60 660 l 1
60 140 l 1
580 600 m 1
760 600 l 1
760 420 l 1
580 600 l 1
606 480 m 1
606 321 l 1
274 321 l 1
274 480 l 1
606 480 l 1
300 200 m 1
120 200 l 1
120 380 l 1
300 200 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-39
View File
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE109
Encoding: 57609 57609 22
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 80 60<0 60 60 820> 296 209<285 595 285 595> 660 60<60 820 60 820>
VStem: 0 60<140 660> 120 107<400 400 400 510> 285 310<296 505 296 505> 653 107<400 400> 820 60<80 140 140 660>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
0 140 m 2
0 660 l 2
0 690 30 720 60 720 c 2
820 720 l 2
850 720 880 690 880 660 c 2
880 140 l 2
880 110 850 80 820 80 c 2
60 80 l 2
30 80 0 110 0 140 c 2
60 140 m 1
820 140 l 1
820 660 l 1
60 660 l 1
60 140 l 1
227 400 m 1
120 290 l 1
120 510 l 1
227 400 l 1
760 290 m 1
653 400 l 1
760 510 l 1
760 290 l 1
595 505 m 1
595 296 l 1
285 296 l 1
285 505 l 1
595 505 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-36
View File
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10A
Encoding: 57610 57610 23
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: HMWO
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
809 524 m 0
814 524 819 523 823 519 c 0
831 511 831 499 823 491 c 2
697 365 l 1
823 239 l 2
830 232 830 221 823 213 c 0
816 206 804 206 797 213 c 2
671 339 l 1
545 213 l 2
538 206 525 206 518 213 c 0
510 221 510 233 518 241 c 2
643 367 l 1
517 493 l 2
510 500 510 511 517 519 c 0
525 526 536 526 544 519 c 2
670 393 l 1
796 519 l 2
799 523 804 524 809 524 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-26
View File
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10B
Encoding: 57611 57611 24
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156>
VStem: 603 47<326.5 405>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
650 366 m 0
650 281 615 198 545 119 c 1
507 142 l 1
571 213 603 287 603 366 c 0
603 444 571 518 507 590 c 1
545 613 l 1
615 534 650 452 650 366 c 0
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-33
View File
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10C
Encoding: 57612 57612 25
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156>
VStem: 603 47<326.5 405> 717 47<316.5 416>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
764 366 m 0
764 258 720 156 631 61 c 1
593 84 l 1
675 173 717 267 717 366 c 0
717 466 675 559 593 647 c 1
631 671 l 1
720 578 764 476 764 366 c 0
650 366 m 0
650 281 615 198 545 119 c 1
507 142 l 1
571 213 603 287 603 366 c 0
603 444 571 518 507 590 c 1
545 613 l 1
615 534 650 452 650 366 c 0
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-40
View File
@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10D
Encoding: 57613 57613 26
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 242 248<2 155 2 156> 709 20G<717 717>
VStem: 603 47<326.5 405> 717 47<316.5 416> 830 47<304 426.5>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
877 366 m 0
877 236 824 115 717 3 c 1
679 27 l 1
780 130 830 242 830 366 c 0
830 487 780 600 679 705 c 1
717 729 l 1
824 617 877 496 877 366 c 0
764 366 m 0
764 258 720 156 631 61 c 1
593 84 l 1
675 173 717 267 717 366 c 0
717 466 675 559 593 647 c 1
631 671 l 1
720 578 764 476 764 366 c 0
650 366 m 0
650 281 615 198 545 119 c 1
507 142 l 1
571 213 603 287 603 366 c 0
603 444 571 518 507 590 c 1
545 613 l 1
615 534 650 452 650 366 c 0
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-53
View File
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE10E
Encoding: 57614 57614 27
Width: 1977
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 49 95<806 818.5> 242 248<2 155 2 156>
VStem: 559 47<326.5 405> 673 47<316.5 416> 767 91<90 103.5 648 652>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
720 366 m 0
720 258 676 156 587 61 c 1
549 84 l 1
631 173 673 267 673 366 c 0
673 466 631 559 549 647 c 1
587 671 l 1
676 578 720 476 720 366 c 0
606 366 m 0
606 281 571 198 501 119 c 1
463 142 l 1
527 213 559 287 559 366 c 0
559 444 527 518 463 590 c 1
501 613 l 1
571 534 606 452 606 366 c 0
398 58 m 1
155 242 l 1
2 242 l 1
2 490 l 1
156 490 l 1
398 674 l 1
398 58 l 1
858 648 m 1
824 238 l 2
823 224 819 217 812 217 c 0
805 217 801 224 800 238 c 2
767 648 l 1
767 652 l 2
767 665 771 675 780 682 c 0
789 690 800 694 812 694 c 0
825 694 835 690 844 682 c 0
853 675 858 665 858 652 c 2
858 648 l 1
858 97 m 0
858 83 853 72 845 63 c 0
836 53 825 49 812 49 c 0
800 49 789 53 780 63 c 0
771 72 767 83 767 97 c 0
767 110 771 121 780 130 c 0
789 140 800 144 812 144 c 0
825 144 836 140 845 130 c 0
853 121 858 110 858 97 c 0
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-16
View File
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE110
Encoding: 57616 57616 28
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: MW
HStem: 780 20G<656 656>
VStem: 56 600<400 400>
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
656 0 m 1
56 400 l 1
656 800 l 1
656 0 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
-37
View File
@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
StartChar: uniE111
Encoding: 57617 57617 29
Width: 880
GlyphClass: 2
Flags: W
LayerCount: 2
Fore
SplineSet
0 140 m 2
0 660 l 2
0 690 30 720 60 720 c 2
820 720 l 2
850 720 880 690 880 660 c 2
880 140 l 2
880 110 850 80 820 80 c 2
60 80 l 2
30 80 0 110 0 140 c 2
60 140 m 1
820 140 l 1
820 660 l 1
60 660 l 1
60 140 l 1
227 400 m 1
120 290 l 1
120 510 l 1
227 400 l 1
760 290 m 1
653 400 l 1
760 510 l 1
760 290 l 1
595 505 m 1
595 296 l 1
285 296 l 1
285 505 l 1
595 505 l 1
EndSplineSet
EndChar
+1 -1
View File
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ EOF
video-codec
video-format
video-aspect
container-fps
fps
width
height
dwidth
-6
View File
@@ -39,10 +39,6 @@ def apply_plist_template(plist_file, version):
for line in fileinput.input(plist_file, inplace=1):
print (line.rstrip().replace('${VERSION}', version))
def create_bundle_symlink(binary_name, symlink_name):
os.symlink(os.path.basename(binary_name),
os.path.join(target_directory(binary_name), symlink_name))
def bundle_version():
if os.path.exists('VERSION'):
x = open('VERSION')
@@ -73,8 +69,6 @@ def main():
copy_bundle(binary_name)
print("> copying binary")
copy_binary(binary_name)
print("> create bundle symlink")
create_bundle_symlink(binary_name, "mpv-bundle")
print("> generating Info.plist")
apply_plist_template(target_plist(binary_name), version)
+1 -1
View File
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
</dict>
</array>
<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
<string>mpv-bundle</string>
<string>mpv</string>
<key>CFBundleIconFile</key>
<string>icon</string>
<key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+11 -3
View File
@@ -87,13 +87,21 @@ end
class Libav < TravisDepsBuilder
def build_map
{
"libav-stable" => {
:action => :stable,
:url => 'http://libav.org/releases/libav-12.tar.gz'
},
"libav-git" => {
:action => :git,
:url => "git://git.libav.org/libav.git"
},
"ffmpeg-stable" => {
:action => :stable,
:url => 'http://www.ffmpeg.org/releases/ffmpeg-3.2.2.tar.gz'
},
"ffmpeg-git" => {
:action => :git,
:url => "https://github.com/FFmpeg/FFmpeg.git"
:url => "git://github.com/FFmpeg/FFmpeg.git"
}
}
end
@@ -106,7 +114,7 @@ end
class LibavOsx < Libav
def build_map
{
"ffmpeg-git" => { :action => :package, :url => 'ffmpeg' },
"ffmpeg-stable" => { :action => :package, :url => 'ffmpeg' },
}
end
end
@@ -125,7 +133,7 @@ end
class Dependencies < TravisDepsBuilder
def deps
packages = {
'linux' => 'pkg-config fontconfig libfribidi-dev yasm libxinerama-dev libxrandr-dev',
'linux' => 'pkg-config fontconfig libfribidi-dev yasm',
'osx' => 'pkg-config fontconfig freetype fribidi yasm'
}
package_manager_update
+1 -1
View File
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ if [ "x$TRAVIS_BRANCH" != "xmaster" ]; then
fi
TRAVIS_COMMIT_RANGE=${TRAVIS_COMMIT_RANGE:-HEAD^..}
if git diff --quiet --name-only --exit-code "$TRAVIS_COMMIT_RANGE" DOCS/ VERSION; then
if git diff --quiet --name-only --exit-code "$TRAVIS_COMMIT_RANGE" DOCS/; then
exit;
fi
+50
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
#
# Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
#
# This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
#
# mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
# modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
# License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
# useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
# General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
# Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
# 02110-1301 USA
#
FILTERS = telecine tile rectangle framestep ildetect
COMMON = filterutils.o
OBJECTS = $(patsubst %,%.o,$(FILTERS)) $(COMMON)
HEADERS = $(wildcard *.h)
OUT = $(patsubst %,%.so,$(FILTERS))
CFLAGS ?= -Wall -Wextra -O3 -march=native -mtune=native -ffast-math
CPPFLAGS += -I../../video/filter
CFLAGS += -fPIC
LDFLAGS += -shared -fPIC
ifneq ($(LTO),)
CFLAGS += -flto
LDFLAGS += $(CFLAGS) -flto
endif
all: $(OUT)
clean:
$(RM) $(OBJECTS) $(OUT)
%.so: %.o $(COMMON)
$(CC) $(LDFLAGS) $(LIBS) -o $@ $(COMMON) $<
# FIXME replace this by real dependency tracking
%.o: %.c $(HEADERS)
+40
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "filterutils.h"
void copy_plane(
unsigned char *dest, unsigned dest_stride,
const unsigned char *src, unsigned src_stride,
unsigned length,
unsigned rows
)
{
unsigned i;
assert(dest_stride >= length);
assert(src_stride >= length);
for (i = 0; i < rows; ++i)
memcpy(&dest[dest_stride * i], &src[src_stride * i], length);
}
+27
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
void copy_plane(
unsigned char *dest, unsigned dest_stride,
const unsigned char *src, unsigned src_stride,
unsigned length,
unsigned rows
);
+103
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "vf_dlopen.h"
#include "filterutils.h"
#define MIN(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
/*
* frame stepping filter
*
* usage: --vf=dlopen=/path/to/framestep.so:5
*
* outputs every 5th frame
*
* usage: --vf=dlopen=/path/to/framestep.so:5:3
*
* outputs every 5th frame, starting with frame index 3 (default: 0)
*/
typedef struct {
int step, pos;
} framestep_data_t;
static int framestep_put_image(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
framestep_data_t *framestep = ctx->priv;
// stepping
if (framestep->pos < 0)
return 0;
--framestep->pos;
if (framestep->pos >= 0)
return 0;
framestep->pos += framestep->step;
// copying
assert(ctx->inpic.planes == ctx->outpic[0].planes);
int np = ctx->inpic.planes;
int p;
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p) {
assert(ctx->inpic.planewidth[p] == ctx->outpic->planewidth[p]);
assert(ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] == ctx->outpic->planeheight[p]);
copy_plane(
ctx->outpic->plane[p],
ctx->outpic->planestride[p],
ctx->inpic.plane[p],
ctx->inpic.planestride[p],
MIN(ctx->inpic.planestride[p], ctx->outpic->planestride[p]),
ctx->inpic.planeheight[p]
);
}
ctx->outpic->pts = ctx->inpic.pts;
return 1;
}
void framestep_uninit(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
free(ctx->priv);
}
int vf_dlopen_getcontext(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx, int argc, const char **argv)
{
VF_DLOPEN_CHECK_VERSION(ctx);
if (argc != 1 && argc != 2)
return -1;
framestep_data_t *framestep = calloc(1,sizeof(framestep_data_t));
framestep->step = atoi(argv[0]);
framestep->pos = (argc >= 2) ? atoi(argv[1]) : 0;
ctx->priv = framestep;
ctx->put_image = framestep_put_image;
ctx->uninit = framestep_uninit;
return 1;
}
+295
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <math.h>
#include "vf_dlopen.h"
#include "filterutils.h"
/*
* interlacing detector
*
* usage: -vf dlopen=./ildetect.so:<method>:<threshold>
*
* outputs an interlacing detection report at the end
*
* methods:
* 0 = transcode 32detect (default)
* 1 = decomb IsCombed
* 2 = IsCombedTIVTC
* 3 = simple average
*
* threshold:
* normalized at 1
*/
typedef struct {
int method;
double combing_threshold;
double motion_threshold;
double motion_amount;
double yes_threshold;
double no_threshold;
double total_yes_threshold;
double total_no_threshold;
double tc_threshold;
double decision_threshold;
double tc_decision_threshold;
double lastcombed;
int numtotalframes;
int numdecidedframes;
int totalcombedframes;
int numjumpingadjacentframes;
int numdecidedadjacentframes;
unsigned char *buffer_data;
size_t buffer_size;
} ildetect_data_t;
static int il_config(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
ctx->out_height -= 4;
ctx->out_d_height = ctx->out_height;
return 1;
}
static int il_decision(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx,
int p0, int p1, int p2, int p3, int p4)
{
ildetect_data_t *il = ctx->priv;
// model for threshold: p0, p2, p4 = 0; p1, p3 = t
switch (il->method) {
case 0: { // diff-diff (transcode 32detect)
int d12 = p1 - p2; // t
int d13 = p1 - p3; // 0
if (abs(d12) > 15 * il->combing_threshold &&
abs(d13) < 10 * il->combing_threshold)
return 1;
// true for t > 15
break;
}
case 1: { // multiply (decomb IsCombed)
int d12 = p1 - p2; // t
int d32 = p3 - p2; // t
if (d12 * d32 > pow(il->combing_threshold, 2) * (25*25))
return 1;
// true for t > 21
break;
}
case 2: { // blur-blur (IsCombedTIVTC)
int b024 = p0 + 6 * p2 + p4; // 0
int b13 = 4 * p1 + 4 * p3; // 8t
if (abs(b024 - b13) > il->combing_threshold * 8 * 20)
return 1;
// true for t > 20
break;
}
case 3: { // average-average
int d123 = p1 + p3 - 2 * p2; // 2t
int d024 = p0 + p4 - 2 * p2; // 0
if ((abs(d123) - abs(d024)) > il->combing_threshold * 30)
return 1;
// true for t > 15
break;
}
}
return 0;
}
static int il_put_image(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
ildetect_data_t *il = ctx->priv;
unsigned int x, y;
int first_frame = 0;
size_t sz = ctx->inpic.planestride[0] * ctx->inpic.planeheight[0];
if (sz != il->buffer_size) {
il->buffer_data = realloc(il->buffer_data, sz);
il->buffer_size = sz;
first_frame = 1;
}
assert(ctx->inpic.planes == 1);
assert(ctx->outpic[0].planes == 1);
assert(ctx->inpic.planewidth[0] == ctx->outpic[0].planewidth[0]);
assert(ctx->inpic.planeheight[0] == ctx->outpic[0].planeheight[0] + 4);
if (first_frame) {
printf("First frame\n");
il->lastcombed = -1;
} else {
// detect interlacing
// for each row of 5 pixels, compare:
// p2 vs (p1 + p3) / 2
// p2 vs (p0 + p4) / 2
unsigned int totalcombedframes = 0; // add 255 per combed pixel
unsigned int totalpixels = 0;
for (y = 0; y < ctx->inpic.planeheight[0] - 4; ++y) {
unsigned char *in_line =
&ctx->inpic.plane[0][ctx->inpic.planestride[0] * y];
unsigned char *buf_line =
&il->buffer_data[ctx->inpic.planestride[0] * y];
unsigned char *out_line =
&ctx->outpic->plane[0][ctx->outpic->planestride[0] * y];
for (x = 0; x < ctx->inpic.planewidth[0]; ++x) {
int b2 = buf_line[x + ctx->inpic.planestride[0] * 2];
int p0 = in_line[x];
int p1 = in_line[x + ctx->inpic.planestride[0]];
int p2 = in_line[x + ctx->inpic.planestride[0] * 2];
int p3 = in_line[x + ctx->inpic.planestride[0] * 3];
int p4 = in_line[x + ctx->inpic.planestride[0] * 4];
int is_moving = abs(b2 - p2) > il->motion_threshold;
if (!is_moving) {
out_line[x] = 128;
continue;
}
++totalpixels;
int combed = il_decision(ctx, p0, p1, p2, p3, p4);
totalcombedframes += combed;
out_line[x] = 255 * combed;
}
}
double avgpixels = totalpixels / (double)
((ctx->inpic.planeheight[0] - 4) * ctx->inpic.planewidth[0]);
if (avgpixels > il->motion_amount) {
double avgcombed = totalcombedframes / (double) totalpixels;
if (il->lastcombed >= 0) {
if (il->lastcombed < il->no_threshold ||
il->lastcombed > il->yes_threshold)
if (avgcombed < il->no_threshold ||
avgcombed > il->yes_threshold)
++il->numdecidedadjacentframes;
if (il->lastcombed > il->yes_threshold &&
avgcombed < il->no_threshold)
++il->numjumpingadjacentframes;
if (il->lastcombed < il->no_threshold &&
avgcombed > il->yes_threshold)
++il->numjumpingadjacentframes;
}
il->lastcombed = avgcombed;
if (avgcombed > il->yes_threshold) {
++il->numdecidedframes;
++il->totalcombedframes;
} else if (avgcombed < il->no_threshold) {
++il->numdecidedframes;
}
} else
il->lastcombed = -1;
}
++il->numtotalframes;
copy_plane(
il->buffer_data, ctx->inpic.planestride[0],
ctx->inpic.plane[0], ctx->inpic.planestride[0],
ctx->inpic.planewidth[0],
ctx->inpic.planeheight[0]);
ctx->outpic[0].pts = ctx->inpic.pts;
return 1;
}
void il_uninit(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
ildetect_data_t *il = ctx->priv;
double avgdecided = il->numtotalframes
? il->numdecidedframes / (double) il->numtotalframes : -1;
double avgadjacent = il->numdecidedframes
? il->numdecidedadjacentframes / (double) il->numdecidedframes : -1;
double avgscore = il->numdecidedframes
? il->totalcombedframes / (double) il->numdecidedframes : -1;
double avgjumps = il->numdecidedadjacentframes
? il->numjumpingadjacentframes / (double) il->numdecidedadjacentframes : -1;
printf("ildetect: Avg decided: %f\n", avgdecided);
printf("ildetect: Avg adjacent decided: %f\n", avgadjacent);
printf("ildetect: Avg interlaced decided: %f\n", avgscore);
printf("ildetect: Avg interlaced/progressive adjacent decided: %f\n", avgjumps);
if (avgdecided < il->decision_threshold)
avgadjacent = avgscore = avgjumps = -1;
if (avgadjacent < il->tc_decision_threshold)
avgadjacent = avgjumps = -1;
if (avgscore < 0)
printf("ildetect: Content is probably: undecided\n");
else if (avgscore < il->total_no_threshold)
printf("ildetect: Content is probably: PROGRESSIVE\n");
else if (avgscore > il->total_yes_threshold && avgjumps < 0)
printf("ildetect: Content is probably: INTERLACED (possibly telecined)\n");
else if (avgjumps > il->tc_threshold)
printf("ildetect: Content is probably: TELECINED\n");
else if (avgscore > il->total_yes_threshold)
printf("ildetect: Content is probably: INTERLACED\n");
else
printf("ildetect: Content is probably: unknown\n");
free(ctx->priv);
}
int vf_dlopen_getcontext(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx, int argc, const char **argv)
{
VF_DLOPEN_CHECK_VERSION(ctx);
(void) argc;
(void) argv;
ildetect_data_t *il = calloc(1,sizeof(ildetect_data_t));
#define A(i,d) ((argc>(i) && *argv[i]) ? atof(argv[i]) : (d))
il->method = A(0, 0);
il->combing_threshold = A(1, 1);
il->motion_threshold = A(2, 6);
il->motion_amount = A(3, 0.1);
il->yes_threshold = A(4, 0.1);
il->no_threshold = A(5, 0.05);
il->total_yes_threshold = A(6, 0.1);
il->total_no_threshold = A(7, 0.05);
il->tc_threshold = A(8, 0.1);
il->decision_threshold = A(9, 0.2);
il->tc_decision_threshold = A(10, 0.2);
static struct vf_dlopen_formatpair map[] = {
{ "gray", "gray" },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
ctx->format_mapping = map;
ctx->config = il_config;
ctx->put_image = il_put_image;
ctx->uninit = il_uninit;
ctx->priv = il;
return 1;
}
+89
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
#!/bin/sh
case "$0" in
*/*)
MYDIR=${0%/*}
;;
*)
MYDIR=.
;;
esac
: ${MPV:=mpv}
: ${ILDETECT_MPV:=$MPV}
: ${ILDETECT_MPVFLAGS:=--start=35% --length=35}
: ${ILDETECT_DRY_RUN:=}
: ${ILDETECT_QUIET:=}
: ${ILDETECT_RUN_INTERLACED_ONLY:=}
: ${ILDETECT_FORCE_RUN:=}
: ${MAKE:=make}
# exit status:
# 0 progressive
# 1 telecine
# 2 interlaced
# 8 unknown
# 15 compile fail
# 16 detect fail
# 17+ mpv's status | 16
$MAKE -C "$MYDIR" ildetect.so || exit 15
testfun()
{
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" \
--vf=dlopen="$MYDIR/ildetect.so" \
--o= --vo=null --no-audio --untimed \
$ILDETECT_MPVFLAGS \
| { if [ -n "$ILDETECT_QUIET" ]; then cat; else tee /dev/stderr; fi } \
| grep "^ildetect:"
}
out=`testfun "$@"`
case "$out" in
*"probably: PROGRESSIVE"*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
[ -n "$ILDETECT_RUN_INTERLACED_ONLY" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@"
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $(($r | 16))
exit 0
;;
*"probably: TELECINED"*)
out2=`ILDETECT_MPVFLAGS="$ILDETECT_MPVFLAGS --vf-pre=pullup,scale" testfun "$@"`
case "$out2" in
*"probably: TELECINED"*|*"probably: INTERLACED"*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" -vf-pre yadif
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $(($r | 16))
exit 2
;;
*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" -vf-pre pullup
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $(($r | 16))
exit 1
;;
esac
;;
*"probably: INTERLACED"*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" -vf-pre yadif
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $(($r | 16))
exit 2
;;
*"probably: "*)
[ -n "$ILDETECT_FORCE_RUN" ] || exit 8
[ -n "$ILDETECT_DRY_RUN" ] || \
$ILDETECT_MPV "$@" -vf-pre yadif
r=$?
[ $r -eq 0 ] || exit $(($r | 16))
exit 0
;;
*)
exit 16
;;
esac
+367
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,367 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <unistd.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <signal.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include <sys/wait.h>
#include "vf_dlopen.h"
#include "filterutils.h"
/*
* rectangle
*
* usage: --vf=dlopen=/path/to/rectangle.so
*
* provides an editable rectangle
* NOTE: unix only, and requires xterm to be installed. Don't ask.
*/
typedef struct
{
int x, y, w, h;
int step;
int inpid;
int infd;
int ansimode;
int rectmode;
} privdata;
enum {
RECTMODE_LINES = 0,
RECTMODE_BOX,
RECTMODE_COUNT
};
static int put_image(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
privdata *priv = ctx->priv;
unsigned int p;
assert(ctx->inpic.planes == ctx->outpic->planes);
for (p = 0; p < ctx->outpic->planes; ++p) {
assert(ctx->inpic.planewidth[p] == ctx->outpic->planewidth[p]);
assert(ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] == ctx->outpic->planeheight[p]);
}
char data;
while(read(priv->infd, &data, sizeof(data)) > 0) {
// printf("\nMODE: %d, CHAR: %d (%c)\n", priv->ansimode, data, data);
switch(priv->ansimode) {
case 0: // initial
switch(data) {
case 27: priv->ansimode = 1; break;
default: priv->ansimode = 0; break;
}
break;
case 1: // seen ESC
switch(data) {
case '[': priv->ansimode = 2; break;
default: priv->ansimode = 0; break;
}
break;
case 2: // seen ESC [
switch(data) {
case 'D': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'h'; break; // arrow
case 'B': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'j'; break; // arrow
case 'A': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'k'; break; // arrow
case 'C': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'l'; break; // arrow
case 'd': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'H'; break; // rxvt shift-arrow
case 'b': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'J'; break; // rxvt shift-arrow
case 'a': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'K'; break; // rxvt shift-arrow
case 'c': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'L'; break; // rxvt shift-arrow
case '1': priv->ansimode = 3; break;
default: priv->ansimode = -1; break;
}
break;
case 3: // seen ESC [ 1
switch(data) {
case ';': priv->ansimode = 4; break;
default: priv->ansimode = -1; break;
}
break;
case 4: // seen ESC [ 1 ;
switch(data) {
case '2': priv->ansimode = 5; break;
default: priv->ansimode = -1; break;
}
break;
case 5: // seen ESC [ 1 ; 2
switch(data) {
case 'D': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'H'; break; // xterm shift-arrow
case 'B': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'J'; break; // xterm shift-arrow
case 'A': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'K'; break; // xterm shift-arrow
case 'C': priv->ansimode = 0; data = 'L'; break; // xterm shift-arrow
default: priv->ansimode = -1; break;
}
break;
case -1: // wait for end of ESC [ sequence
if((data > '9' || data < '0') && (data != ';')) {
priv->ansimode = 0;
data = 0; // do not process
}
break;
}
if(priv->ansimode == 0) {
switch(data) {
case 'h': case 'D': priv->x -= priv->step; priv->w += priv->step; break;
case 'j': case 'B': priv->y += priv->step; priv->h -= priv->step; break;
case 'k': case 'A': priv->y -= priv->step; priv->h += priv->step; break;
case 'l': case 'C': priv->x += priv->step; priv->w -= priv->step; break;
case 'H': case 'd': priv->w -= priv->step; break;
case 'J': case 'b': priv->h += priv->step; break;
case 'K': case 'a': priv->h -= priv->step; break;
case 'L': case 'c': priv->w += priv->step; break;
case ' ': priv->step ^= 9; break;
case 9: ++priv->rectmode; priv->rectmode %= RECTMODE_COUNT; break;
}
}
}
// apply limits
if(priv->x < 0) {
priv->w += priv->x;
priv->x = 0;
}
if(priv->y < 0) {
priv->h += priv->y;
priv->y = 0;
}
if(priv->w < 0) {
priv->w = 0;
}
if(priv->h < 0) {
priv->h = 0;
}
if(priv->x >= (int) ctx->inpic.planewidth[0]) {
priv->x = ctx->inpic.planewidth[0] - 1;
}
if(priv->y >= (int) ctx->inpic.planeheight[0]) {
priv->y = ctx->inpic.planeheight[0] - 1;
}
if(priv->x + priv->w > (int) ctx->inpic.planewidth[0]) {
priv->w = ctx->inpic.planewidth[0] - priv->x;
}
if(priv->y + priv->h > (int) ctx->inpic.planeheight[0]) {
priv->h = ctx->inpic.planeheight[0] - priv->y;
}
// apply step
priv->x = ((priv->x + priv->step - 1) / priv->step) * priv->step;
priv->y = ((priv->y + priv->step - 1) / priv->step) * priv->step;
priv->w = (priv->w / priv->step) * priv->step;
priv->h = (priv->h / priv->step) * priv->step;
// print
printf("\nRECTANGLE: -vf crop=%d:%d:%d:%d\n", priv->w, priv->h, priv->x, priv->y);
// copy picture
for (p = 0; p < ctx->outpic->planes; ++p) {
copy_plane(
ctx->outpic->plane[p], ctx->outpic->planestride[p],
ctx->inpic.plane[p], ctx->inpic.planestride[p],
ctx->inpic.planewidth[p], ctx->inpic.planeheight[p]
);
}
ctx->outpic->pts = ctx->inpic.pts;
// draw rectangle
#define PUT_PIXEL(x,y) \
do { \
int x_ = (x); \
int y_ = (y); \
if(x_ >= 0 && y_ >= 0 && x_ < (int) ctx->outpic->planewidth[0] && y_ < (int) ctx->outpic->planeheight[0]) { \
ctx->outpic->plane[0][y_ * ctx->outpic->planestride[0] + x_] ^= 0x80; \
} \
} while(0)
switch(priv->rectmode) {
case RECTMODE_LINES:
{
unsigned int i;
unsigned int n;
if(priv->w > priv->h)
n = priv->h / 3;
else
n = priv->w / 3;
if(n > 64)
n = 64;
for (i = 0; i < n; ++i) {
// topleft
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x + i, priv->y);
if(i)
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x, priv->y + i);
// topright
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x + priv->w - 1 - i, priv->y);
if(i)
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x + priv->w - 1, priv->y + i);
// bottomright
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x + priv->w - 1 - i, priv->y + priv->h - 1);
if(i)
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x + priv->w - 1, priv->y + priv->h - 1 - i);
// bottomleft
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x + i, priv->y + priv->h - 1);
if(i)
PUT_PIXEL(priv->x, priv->y + priv->h - 1 - i);
}
}
break;
case RECTMODE_BOX:
{
int x, y;
for(y = 0; y < priv->y; ++y) {
for(x = 0; x < (int) ctx->outpic->planewidth[0]; ++x) {
PUT_PIXEL(x, y);
}
}
for(y = priv->y; y < priv->y + priv->h; ++y) {
for(x = 0; x < priv->x; ++x) {
PUT_PIXEL(x, y);
}
for(x = priv->x + priv->w; x < (int) ctx->outpic->planewidth[0]; ++x) {
PUT_PIXEL(x, y);
}
}
for(y = priv->y + priv->h; y < (int) ctx->outpic->planeheight[0]; ++y) {
for(x = 0; x < (int) ctx->outpic->planewidth[0]; ++x) {
PUT_PIXEL(x, y);
}
}
}
break;
}
return 1;
}
int config(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
privdata *priv = ctx->priv;
if(priv->w == 0 || priv->h == 0) {
priv->x = 0;
priv->y = 0;
priv->w = ctx->in_width;
priv->h = ctx->in_height;
}
printf("\nRECTANGLE: reconfigured\n");
if(priv->inpid == 0) {
int fd[2];
if(pipe(fd)) {
perror("pipe");
return -1;
}
priv->inpid = fork();
if(priv->inpid < 0) {
perror("fork");
return -1;
}
if(priv->inpid == 0) {
close(fd[0]);
if(fd[1] != 3) {
dup2(fd[1], 3);
close(fd[1]);
}
execlp("xterm", "xterm",
"-geometry", "40x10",
"-e",
"echo \"rectangle.so control window\";"
"echo \"\";"
"echo \"Arrow or hjkl: top left corner\";"
"echo \"Shift-Arrow or HJKL: bottom right corner\";"
"echo \"SPACE: toggle 8-px alignment\";"
"echo \"TAB: toggle rectangle display\";"
"echo \"\";"
"stty raw -echo;"
"cat >&3",
NULL
);
_exit(1);
}
close(fd[1]);
priv->infd = fd[0];
int flags;
if(fcntl(priv->infd, F_GETFL, &flags)) {
perror("fcntl F_GETFL");
close(priv->infd);
kill(priv->inpid, SIGTERM);
waitpid(priv->inpid, NULL, 0);
priv->inpid = 0;
}
flags |= O_NONBLOCK;
if(fcntl(priv->infd, F_SETFL, flags)) {
perror("fcntl F_SETFL");
close(priv->infd);
kill(priv->inpid, SIGTERM);
waitpid(priv->inpid, NULL, 0);
priv->inpid = 0;
}
}
return 1;
}
void uninit(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
privdata *priv = ctx->priv;
if(priv->inpid) {
close(priv->infd);
kill(priv->inpid, SIGTERM);
waitpid(priv->inpid, NULL, 0);
priv->inpid = 0;
}
printf("\nRECTANGLE: finished\n");
free(priv);
}
int vf_dlopen_getcontext(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx, int argc, const char **argv)
{
VF_DLOPEN_CHECK_VERSION(ctx);
(void) argc;
(void) argv;
static struct vf_dlopen_formatpair map[] = {
{ "yuv420p", "yuv420p" },
{ NULL, NULL }
};
privdata *priv = calloc(1,sizeof(privdata));
priv->step = 8;
if(argc >= 1)
priv->w = atoi(argv[0]);
if(argc >= 2)
priv->h = atoi(argv[1]);
if(argc >= 3)
priv->x = atoi(argv[2]);
if(argc >= 4)
priv->y = atoi(argv[3]);
ctx->priv = priv;
ctx->format_mapping = map;
ctx->config = config;
ctx->put_image = put_image;
ctx->uninit = uninit;
return 1;
}
+269
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "vf_dlopen.h"
#include "filterutils.h"
#define MIN(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
/*
* telecine filter
*
* usage: --vf=dlopen=/path/to/telecine.so:t:23
*
* Parameter: first parameter is "t" for top field first, "b" for bottom field first
* then digits (0-9) for how many fields a frame is to be displayed
*
* Typical patterns (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Telecine):
*
* NTSC output (30i):
* 27.5p: 32222
* 24p: 23 (classic)
* 24p: 2332 (preferred)
* 20p: 33
* 18p: 334
* 16p: 3444
*
* PAL output (25i):
* 27.5p: 12222
* 24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
* 16.67p: 33
* 16p: 33333334
*/
typedef struct {
int firstfield;
const char *pattern;
unsigned int pattern_pos;
unsigned char *buffer_plane[4];
size_t buffer_size[4];
int pts_num;
int pts_denom;
int occupied;
double lastpts_in;
double lastpts_out;
int first_frame_of_group;
} tc_data_t;
static int tc_config(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
// we may return more than one pic!
tc_data_t *tc = ctx->priv;
const char *p;
int max = 0;
tc->pts_num = 0;
tc->pts_denom = 0;
for (p = tc->pattern; *p; ++p) {
if (*p - '0' > max)
max = *p - '0';
tc->pts_num += 2;
tc->pts_denom += *p - '0';
}
ctx->out_cnt = (max + 1) / 2;
printf(
"Telecine pattern %s yields up to %d frames per frame, pts advance factor: %d/%d\n",
tc->pattern, ctx->out_cnt, tc->pts_num, tc->pts_denom);
return 1;
}
static int tc_put_image(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
tc_data_t *tc = ctx->priv;
unsigned p;
unsigned np = ctx->outpic[0].planes;
assert(ctx->inpic.planes == ctx->outpic[0].planes);
int need_reinit = 0;
// fix buffers
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p) {
size_t sz = ctx->inpic.planestride[p] * ctx->inpic.planeheight[p];
if (sz != tc->buffer_size[p]) {
if (p == 0 && tc->buffer_plane[p])
printf("WARNING: reinitializing telecine buffers.\n");
tc->buffer_plane[p] = realloc(tc->buffer_plane[p], sz);
tc->buffer_size[p] = sz;
need_reinit = 1;
}
}
// too big pts change? reinit
if (ctx->inpic.pts < tc->lastpts_in || ctx->inpic.pts > tc->lastpts_in + 0.5)
need_reinit = 1;
if (need_reinit) {
// initialize telecine
tc->pattern_pos = 0;
tc->occupied = 0;
tc->lastpts_in = ctx->inpic.pts;
tc->lastpts_out = ctx->inpic.pts;
}
int len = tc->pattern[tc->pattern_pos] - '0';
unsigned nout;
double delta = ctx->inpic.pts - tc->lastpts_in;
tc->lastpts_in = ctx->inpic.pts;
for (nout = 0; nout < ctx->out_cnt; ++nout) {
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p) {
assert(ctx->inpic.planewidth[p] == ctx->outpic[nout].planewidth[p]);
assert(ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] == ctx->outpic[nout].planeheight[p]);
}
}
nout = 0;
if (tc->pattern_pos == 0 && !tc->occupied) {
// at the start of the pattern, reset pts
// printf("pts reset: %f -> %f (delta: %f)\n", tc->lastpts_out, ctx->inpic.pts, ctx->inpic.pts - tc->lastpts_out);
tc->lastpts_out = ctx->inpic.pts;
tc->first_frame_of_group = 1;
}
++tc->pattern_pos;
if (!tc->pattern[tc->pattern_pos])
tc->pattern_pos = 0;
if (len == 0) {
// do not output any field from this frame
return 0;
}
if (tc->occupied) {
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p) {
// fill in the EARLIER field from the buffered pic
copy_plane(
&ctx->outpic[nout].plane[p][ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p] * tc->firstfield],
ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p] * 2,
&tc->buffer_plane[p][ctx->inpic.planestride[p] * tc->firstfield],
ctx->inpic.planestride[p] * 2,
MIN(ctx->inpic.planestride[p], ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p]),
(ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] - tc->firstfield + 1) / 2
);
// fill in the LATER field from the new pic
copy_plane(
&ctx->outpic[nout].plane[p][ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p] * !tc->firstfield],
ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p] * 2,
&ctx->inpic.plane[p][ctx->inpic.planestride[p] * !tc->firstfield],
ctx->inpic.planestride[p] * 2,
MIN(ctx->inpic.planestride[p], ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p]),
(ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] - !tc->firstfield + 1) / 2
);
}
if (tc->first_frame_of_group)
tc->first_frame_of_group = 0;
else
tc->lastpts_out += (delta * tc->pts_num) / tc->pts_denom;
ctx->outpic[nout].pts = tc->lastpts_out;
// printf("pts written: %f\n", ctx->outpic[nout].pts);
++nout;
--len;
tc->occupied = 0;
}
while (len >= 2) {
// output THIS image as-is
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p)
copy_plane(
ctx->outpic[nout].plane[p], ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p],
ctx->inpic.plane[p], ctx->inpic.planestride[p],
MIN(ctx->inpic.planestride[p], ctx->outpic[nout].planestride[p]),
ctx->inpic.planeheight[p]
);
if (tc->first_frame_of_group)
tc->first_frame_of_group = 0;
else
tc->lastpts_out += (delta * tc->pts_num) / tc->pts_denom;
ctx->outpic[nout].pts = tc->lastpts_out;
// printf("pts written: %f\n", ctx->outpic[nout].pts);
++nout;
len -= 2;
}
if (len >= 1) {
// copy THIS image to the buffer, we need it later
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p)
copy_plane(
&tc->buffer_plane[p][0], ctx->inpic.planestride[p],
&ctx->inpic.plane[p][0], ctx->inpic.planestride[p],
ctx->inpic.planestride[p],
ctx->inpic.planeheight[p]
);
tc->occupied = 1;
}
return nout;
}
void tc_uninit(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
tc_data_t *tc = ctx->priv;
free(tc->buffer_plane[3]);
free(tc->buffer_plane[2]);
free(tc->buffer_plane[1]);
free(tc->buffer_plane[0]);
free(tc);
}
int vf_dlopen_getcontext(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx, int argc, const char **argv)
{
VF_DLOPEN_CHECK_VERSION(ctx);
const char *a0 = (argc < 1) ? "t" : argv[0];
const char *a1 = (argc < 2) ? "23" : argv[1];
if (!a0[0] || a0[1] || !a1[0] || argc > 2)
return -1;
tc_data_t *tc = calloc(1,sizeof(tc_data_t));
if (a0[0] == 't')
tc->firstfield = 0;
else if (a0[0] == 'b')
tc->firstfield = 1;
else {
printf("telecine: invalid first field\n");
free(tc);
return -1;
}
tc->pattern = a1;
const char *p;
for (p = tc->pattern; *p; ++p)
if (*p < '0' || *p > '9') {
printf("telecine: invalid pattern\n");
free(tc);
return -1;
}
ctx->priv = tc;
ctx->format_mapping = NULL; // anything goes
ctx->config = tc_config;
ctx->put_image = tc_put_image;
ctx->uninit = tc_uninit;
return 1;
}
+177
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/*
* Copyright (c) 2012 Rudolf Polzer <divVerent@xonotic.org>
*
* This file is part of mpv's vf_dlopen examples.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are free software; you can redistribute them and/or
* modify them under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as
* published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2.1 of the
* License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv's vf_dlopen examples are distributed in the hope that they will be
* useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU Lesser
* General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv's vf_dlopen examples; if not, write to the Free
* Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
* 02110-1301 USA
*/
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "vf_dlopen.h"
#include "filterutils.h"
/*
* tile filter
*
* usage: --vf=dlopen=/path/to/tile.so:4:3
*
* only supports rgb24 and yuv420p for now
* in theory can support any format where rows are a multiple of bytes, and the
* multiple is known
*/
#define ALLFORMATS \
/* format bytes xmul ymul */ \
FORMAT("rgb24" , 3, 1, 1) \
FORMAT("yuv420p", 1, 2, 2)
typedef struct {
int rows, cols;
unsigned char *buffer_plane[4];
size_t buffer_size[4];
int pos;
int pixelbytes;
} tile_data_t;
static int tile_config(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
// we may return more than one pic!
tile_data_t *tile = ctx->priv;
ctx->out_width = tile->cols * ctx->in_width;
ctx->out_height = tile->rows * ctx->in_height;
ctx->out_d_width = tile->cols * ctx->in_d_width;
ctx->out_d_height = tile->rows * ctx->in_d_height;
#define FORMAT(fmt,sz,xmul,ymul) \
if (!strcmp(ctx->in_fmt, fmt)) { \
if (ctx->in_width % xmul || ctx->in_height % ymul) { \
printf("Format " fmt " requires width to be a multiple of %d and height to be a multiple of %d\n", \
xmul, ymul); \
return -1; \
} \
tile->pixelbytes = sz; \
} else
ALLFORMATS
#undef FORMAT
{
printf("Format %s is not in the list, how come?\n", ctx->in_fmt);
return -1;
}
return 1;
}
static int tile_put_image(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
tile_data_t *tile = ctx->priv;
unsigned p;
unsigned np = ctx->outpic[0].planes;
assert(ctx->inpic.planes == ctx->outpic[0].planes);
// fix buffers
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p) {
size_t sz = ctx->outpic->planestride[p] * ctx->outpic->planeheight[p];
if (sz != tile->buffer_size[p]) {
if (p == 0 && tile->buffer_plane[p])
printf("WARNING: reinitializing output buffers.\n");
tile->buffer_plane[p] = realloc(tile->buffer_plane[p], sz);
tile->buffer_size[p] = sz;
tile->pos = 0;
}
}
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p) {
assert(ctx->inpic.planewidth[p] * tile->cols == ctx->outpic->planewidth[p]);
assert(ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] * tile->rows == ctx->outpic->planeheight[p]);
}
// copy this frame
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p)
copy_plane(
&tile->buffer_plane[p][ctx->outpic->planestride[p] * ctx->inpic.planeheight[p] * (tile->pos / tile->cols) + tile->pixelbytes * ctx->inpic.planewidth[p] * (tile->pos % tile->cols)],
ctx->outpic->planestride[p],
ctx->inpic.plane[p],
ctx->inpic.planestride[p],
tile->pixelbytes * ctx->inpic.planewidth[p],
ctx->inpic.planeheight[p]
);
++tile->pos;
if (tile->pos == tile->rows * tile->cols) {
// copy THIS image to the buffer, we need it later
for (p = 0; p < np; ++p)
copy_plane(
ctx->outpic->plane[p], ctx->outpic->planestride[p],
&tile->buffer_plane[p][0], ctx->outpic->planestride[p],
tile->pixelbytes * ctx->outpic->planewidth[p],
ctx->outpic->planeheight[p]
);
ctx->outpic->pts = ctx->inpic.pts;
tile->pos = 0;
return 1;
}
return 0;
}
void tile_uninit(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx)
{
tile_data_t *tile = ctx->priv;
free(tile->buffer_plane[3]);
free(tile->buffer_plane[2]);
free(tile->buffer_plane[1]);
free(tile->buffer_plane[0]);
free(tile);
}
int vf_dlopen_getcontext(struct vf_dlopen_context *ctx, int argc, const char **argv)
{
VF_DLOPEN_CHECK_VERSION(ctx);
if (argc != 2)
return -1;
tile_data_t *tile = calloc(1,sizeof(tile_data_t));
tile->cols = atoi(argv[0]);
tile->rows = atoi(argv[1]);
if (!tile->rows || !tile->cols) {
printf("tile: invalid rows/cols\n");
free(tile);
return -1;
}
ctx->priv = tile;
static struct vf_dlopen_formatpair map[] = {
#define FORMAT(fmt,sz,xmul,ymul) {fmt, NULL},
ALLFORMATS
#undef FORMAT
{NULL, NULL}
};
ctx->format_mapping = map;
ctx->config = tile_config;
ctx->put_image = tile_put_image;
ctx->uninit = tile_uninit;
return 1;
}
-20
View File
@@ -2,23 +2,6 @@
# Generate ZSH completion
#
# This file is part of mpv.
#
# mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
# modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
# version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
#
# mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
# License along with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
use strict;
use warnings;
use warnings FATAL => 'uninitialized';
@@ -113,9 +96,6 @@ my $tmpl = <<"EOS";
local curcontext="\$curcontext" state state_descr line
typeset -A opt_args
local -a match mbegin mend
local MATCH MBEGIN MEND
# By default, don't complete URLs unless no files match
local -a tag_order
zstyle -a ":completion:*:*:\$service:*" tag-order tag_order || \
+1 -1
View File
@@ -1 +1 @@
0.28.2
0.23.0
+2 -4
View File
@@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ branches:
- appveyor
environment:
global:
PATH: C:\msys64\usr\bin;C:\WINDOWS\system32;C:\WINDOWS;C:\WINDOWS\System32\Wbem
matrix:
- MSYSTEM: MINGW64
- MSYSTEM: MINGW32
@@ -19,9 +17,9 @@ install:
# Update non-core packages
- C:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman -Suu --noconfirm
# Install required MSYS2 packages
- C:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman -S --noconfirm --needed base-devel perl python pkg-config
- C:\msys64\usr\bin\pacman -S --noconfirm --needed perl python pkg-config
# Now MSYS2 is up to date, do the rest of the install from a bash script
- C:\msys64\usr\bin\bash -lc "cd && exec \"$APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER\"/TOOLS/appveyor-install.sh"
- C:\msys64\usr\bin\bash -lc "cd \"$APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER\" && exec ./TOOLS/appveyor-install.sh"
build_script:
- C:\msys64\usr\bin\bash -lc "cd \"$APPVEYOR_BUILD_FOLDER\" && exec ./TOOLS/appveyor-build.sh"
on_failure:
-641
View File
@@ -1,641 +0,0 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <libavutil/opt.h>
#include <libavutil/common.h>
#include <libavutil/samplefmt.h>
#include <libavutil/channel_layout.h>
#include <libavutil/mathematics.h>
#include "config.h"
#include "common/common.h"
#include "common/av_common.h"
#include "common/msg.h"
#include "options/m_config.h"
#include "options/m_option.h"
#include "aconverter.h"
#include "aframe.h"
#include "fmt-conversion.h"
#include "format.h"
#define HAVE_LIBSWRESAMPLE (!HAVE_LIBAV)
#define HAVE_LIBAVRESAMPLE HAVE_LIBAV
#if HAVE_LIBAVRESAMPLE
#include <libavresample/avresample.h>
#elif HAVE_LIBSWRESAMPLE
#include <libswresample/swresample.h>
#define AVAudioResampleContext SwrContext
#define avresample_alloc_context swr_alloc
#define avresample_open swr_init
#define avresample_close(x) do { } while(0)
#define avresample_free swr_free
#define avresample_available(x) 0
#define avresample_convert(ctx, out, out_planesize, out_samples, in, in_planesize, in_samples) \
swr_convert(ctx, out, out_samples, (const uint8_t**)(in), in_samples)
#define avresample_set_channel_mapping swr_set_channel_mapping
#define avresample_set_compensation swr_set_compensation
#else
#error "config.h broken or no resampler found"
#endif
struct mp_aconverter {
struct mp_log *log;
struct mpv_global *global;
double playback_speed;
bool is_resampling;
bool passthrough_mode;
struct AVAudioResampleContext *avrctx;
struct mp_aframe *avrctx_fmt; // output format of avrctx
struct mp_aframe *pool_fmt; // format used to allocate frames for avrctx output
struct mp_aframe *pre_out_fmt; // format before final conversion
struct AVAudioResampleContext *avrctx_out; // for output channel reordering
const struct mp_resample_opts *opts; // opts requested by the user
// At least libswresample keeps a pointer around for this:
int reorder_in[MP_NUM_CHANNELS];
int reorder_out[MP_NUM_CHANNELS];
struct mp_aframe_pool *reorder_buffer;
struct mp_aframe_pool *out_pool;
int in_rate_user; // user input sample rate
int in_rate; // actual rate (used by lavr), adjusted for playback speed
int in_format;
struct mp_chmap in_channels;
int out_rate;
int out_format;
struct mp_chmap out_channels;
struct mp_aframe *input; // queued input frame
bool input_eof; // queued input EOF
struct mp_aframe *output; // queued output frame
bool output_eof; // queued output EOF
};
#if HAVE_LIBAVRESAMPLE
static double get_delay(struct mp_aconverter *p)
{
return avresample_get_delay(p->avrctx) / (double)p->in_rate +
avresample_available(p->avrctx) / (double)p->out_rate;
}
static int get_out_samples(struct mp_aconverter *p, int in_samples)
{
return avresample_get_out_samples(p->avrctx, in_samples);
}
#else
static double get_delay(struct mp_aconverter *p)
{
int64_t base = p->in_rate * (int64_t)p->out_rate;
return swr_get_delay(p->avrctx, base) / (double)base;
}
static int get_out_samples(struct mp_aconverter *p, int in_samples)
{
return swr_get_out_samples(p->avrctx, in_samples);
}
#endif
static void close_lavrr(struct mp_aconverter *p)
{
if (p->avrctx)
avresample_close(p->avrctx);
avresample_free(&p->avrctx);
if (p->avrctx_out)
avresample_close(p->avrctx_out);
avresample_free(&p->avrctx_out);
TA_FREEP(&p->pre_out_fmt);
TA_FREEP(&p->avrctx_fmt);
TA_FREEP(&p->pool_fmt);
}
static int rate_from_speed(int rate, double speed)
{
return lrint(rate * speed);
}
static struct mp_chmap fudge_pairs[][2] = {
{MP_CHMAP2(BL, BR), MP_CHMAP2(SL, SR)},
{MP_CHMAP2(SL, SR), MP_CHMAP2(BL, BR)},
{MP_CHMAP2(SDL, SDR), MP_CHMAP2(SL, SR)},
{MP_CHMAP2(SL, SR), MP_CHMAP2(SDL, SDR)},
};
// Modify out_layout and return the new value. The intention is reducing the
// loss libswresample's rematrixing will cause by exchanging similar, but
// strictly speaking incompatible channel pairs. For example, 7.1 should be
// changed to 7.1(wide) without dropping the SL/SR channels. (We still leave
// it to libswresample to create the remix matrix.)
static uint64_t fudge_layout_conversion(struct mp_aconverter *p,
uint64_t in, uint64_t out)
{
for (int n = 0; n < MP_ARRAY_SIZE(fudge_pairs); n++) {
uint64_t a = mp_chmap_to_lavc(&fudge_pairs[n][0]);
uint64_t b = mp_chmap_to_lavc(&fudge_pairs[n][1]);
if ((in & a) == a && (in & b) == 0 &&
(out & a) == 0 && (out & b) == b)
{
out = (out & ~b) | a;
MP_VERBOSE(p, "Fudge: %s -> %s\n",
mp_chmap_to_str(&fudge_pairs[n][0]),
mp_chmap_to_str(&fudge_pairs[n][1]));
}
}
return out;
}
// mp_chmap_get_reorder() performs:
// to->speaker[n] = from->speaker[src[n]]
// but libavresample does:
// to->speaker[dst[n]] = from->speaker[n]
static void transpose_order(int *map, int num)
{
int nmap[MP_NUM_CHANNELS] = {0};
for (int n = 0; n < num; n++) {
for (int i = 0; i < num; i++) {
if (map[n] == i)
nmap[i] = n;
}
}
memcpy(map, nmap, sizeof(nmap));
}
static bool configure_lavrr(struct mp_aconverter *p, bool verbose)
{
close_lavrr(p);
p->in_rate = rate_from_speed(p->in_rate_user, p->playback_speed);
p->passthrough_mode = p->opts->allow_passthrough &&
p->in_rate == p->out_rate &&
p->in_format == p->out_format &&
mp_chmap_equals(&p->in_channels, &p->out_channels);
if (p->passthrough_mode)
return true;
p->avrctx = avresample_alloc_context();
p->avrctx_out = avresample_alloc_context();
if (!p->avrctx || !p->avrctx_out)
goto error;
enum AVSampleFormat in_samplefmt = af_to_avformat(p->in_format);
enum AVSampleFormat out_samplefmt = af_to_avformat(p->out_format);
enum AVSampleFormat out_samplefmtp = av_get_planar_sample_fmt(out_samplefmt);
if (in_samplefmt == AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE ||
out_samplefmt == AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE ||
out_samplefmtp == AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE)
goto error;
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "filter_size", p->opts->filter_size, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "phase_shift", p->opts->phase_shift, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "linear_interp", p->opts->linear, 0);
double cutoff = p->opts->cutoff;
if (cutoff <= 0.0)
cutoff = MPMAX(1.0 - 6.5 / (p->opts->filter_size + 8), 0.80);
av_opt_set_double(p->avrctx, "cutoff", cutoff, 0);
int global_normalize;
mp_read_option_raw(p->global, "audio-normalize-downmix", &m_option_type_flag,
&global_normalize);
int normalize = p->opts->normalize;
if (normalize < 0)
normalize = global_normalize;
#if HAVE_LIBSWRESAMPLE
av_opt_set_double(p->avrctx, "rematrix_maxval", normalize ? 1 : 1000, 0);
#else
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "normalize_mix_level", !!normalize, 0);
#endif
if (mp_set_avopts(p->log, p->avrctx, p->opts->avopts) < 0)
goto error;
struct mp_chmap map_in = p->in_channels;
struct mp_chmap map_out = p->out_channels;
// Try not to do any remixing if at least one is "unknown". Some corner
// cases also benefit from disabling all channel handling logic if the
// src/dst layouts are the same (like fl-fr-na -> fl-fr-na).
if (mp_chmap_is_unknown(&map_in) || mp_chmap_is_unknown(&map_out) ||
mp_chmap_equals(&map_in, &map_out))
{
mp_chmap_set_unknown(&map_in, map_in.num);
mp_chmap_set_unknown(&map_out, map_out.num);
}
// unchecked: don't take any channel reordering into account
uint64_t in_ch_layout = mp_chmap_to_lavc_unchecked(&map_in);
uint64_t out_ch_layout = mp_chmap_to_lavc_unchecked(&map_out);
struct mp_chmap in_lavc, out_lavc;
mp_chmap_from_lavc(&in_lavc, in_ch_layout);
mp_chmap_from_lavc(&out_lavc, out_ch_layout);
if (verbose && !mp_chmap_equals(&in_lavc, &out_lavc)) {
MP_VERBOSE(p, "Remix: %s -> %s\n", mp_chmap_to_str(&in_lavc),
mp_chmap_to_str(&out_lavc));
}
if (in_lavc.num != map_in.num) {
// For handling NA channels, we would have to add a planarization step.
MP_FATAL(p, "Unsupported input channel layout %s.\n",
mp_chmap_to_str(&map_in));
goto error;
}
mp_chmap_get_reorder(p->reorder_in, &map_in, &in_lavc);
transpose_order(p->reorder_in, map_in.num);
if (mp_chmap_equals(&out_lavc, &map_out)) {
// No intermediate step required - output new format directly.
out_samplefmtp = out_samplefmt;
} else {
// Verify that we really just reorder and/or insert NA channels.
struct mp_chmap withna = out_lavc;
mp_chmap_fill_na(&withna, map_out.num);
if (withna.num != map_out.num)
goto error;
}
mp_chmap_get_reorder(p->reorder_out, &out_lavc, &map_out);
p->pre_out_fmt = mp_aframe_create();
mp_aframe_set_rate(p->pre_out_fmt, p->out_rate);
mp_aframe_set_chmap(p->pre_out_fmt, &p->out_channels);
mp_aframe_set_format(p->pre_out_fmt, p->out_format);
p->avrctx_fmt = mp_aframe_create();
mp_aframe_config_copy(p->avrctx_fmt, p->pre_out_fmt);
mp_aframe_set_chmap(p->avrctx_fmt, &out_lavc);
mp_aframe_set_format(p->avrctx_fmt, af_from_avformat(out_samplefmtp));
// If there are NA channels, the final output will have more channels than
// the avrctx output. Also, avrctx will output planar (out_samplefmtp was
// not overwritten). Allocate the output frame with more channels, so the
// NA channels can be trivially added.
p->pool_fmt = mp_aframe_create();
mp_aframe_config_copy(p->pool_fmt, p->avrctx_fmt);
if (map_out.num > out_lavc.num)
mp_aframe_set_chmap(p->pool_fmt, &map_out);
out_ch_layout = fudge_layout_conversion(p, in_ch_layout, out_ch_layout);
// Real conversion; output is input to avrctx_out.
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "in_channel_layout", in_ch_layout, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "out_channel_layout", out_ch_layout, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "in_sample_rate", p->in_rate, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "out_sample_rate", p->out_rate, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "in_sample_fmt", in_samplefmt, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx, "out_sample_fmt", out_samplefmtp, 0);
// Just needs the correct number of channels for deplanarization.
struct mp_chmap fake_chmap;
mp_chmap_set_unknown(&fake_chmap, map_out.num);
uint64_t fake_out_ch_layout = mp_chmap_to_lavc_unchecked(&fake_chmap);
if (!fake_out_ch_layout)
goto error;
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx_out, "in_channel_layout", fake_out_ch_layout, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx_out, "out_channel_layout", fake_out_ch_layout, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx_out, "in_sample_fmt", out_samplefmtp, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx_out, "out_sample_fmt", out_samplefmt, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx_out, "in_sample_rate", p->out_rate, 0);
av_opt_set_int(p->avrctx_out, "out_sample_rate", p->out_rate, 0);
// API has weird requirements, quoting avresample.h:
// * This function can only be called when the allocated context is not open.
// * Also, the input channel layout must have already been set.
avresample_set_channel_mapping(p->avrctx, p->reorder_in);
p->is_resampling = false;
if (avresample_open(p->avrctx) < 0 || avresample_open(p->avrctx_out) < 0) {
MP_ERR(p, "Cannot open Libavresample context.\n");
goto error;
}
return true;
error:
close_lavrr(p);
return false;
}
bool mp_aconverter_reconfig(struct mp_aconverter *p,
int in_rate, int in_format, struct mp_chmap in_channels,
int out_rate, int out_format, struct mp_chmap out_channels)
{
close_lavrr(p);
TA_FREEP(&p->input);
TA_FREEP(&p->output);
p->input_eof = p->output_eof = false;
p->playback_speed = 1.0;
p->in_rate_user = in_rate;
p->in_format = in_format;
p->in_channels = in_channels;
p->out_rate = out_rate;
p->out_format = out_format;
p->out_channels = out_channels;
return configure_lavrr(p, true);
}
void mp_aconverter_flush(struct mp_aconverter *p)
{
if (!p->avrctx)
return;
#if HAVE_LIBSWRESAMPLE
swr_close(p->avrctx);
if (swr_init(p->avrctx) < 0)
close_lavrr(p);
#else
while (avresample_read(p->avrctx, NULL, 1000) > 0) {}
#endif
}
void mp_aconverter_set_speed(struct mp_aconverter *p, double speed)
{
p->playback_speed = speed;
}
static void extra_output_conversion(struct mp_aframe *mpa)
{
int format = af_fmt_from_planar(mp_aframe_get_format(mpa));
int num_planes = mp_aframe_get_planes(mpa);
uint8_t **planes = mp_aframe_get_data_rw(mpa);
if (!planes)
return;
for (int p = 0; p < num_planes; p++) {
void *ptr = planes[p];
int total = mp_aframe_get_total_plane_samples(mpa);
if (format == AF_FORMAT_FLOAT) {
for (int s = 0; s < total; s++)
((float *)ptr)[s] = av_clipf(((float *)ptr)[s], -1.0f, 1.0f);
} else if (format == AF_FORMAT_DOUBLE) {
for (int s = 0; s < total; s++)
((double *)ptr)[s] = MPCLAMP(((double *)ptr)[s], -1.0, 1.0);
}
}
}
// This relies on the tricky way mpa was allocated.
static bool reorder_planes(struct mp_aframe *mpa, int *reorder,
struct mp_chmap *newmap)
{
if (!mp_aframe_set_chmap(mpa, newmap))
return false;
int num_planes = newmap->num;
uint8_t **planes = mp_aframe_get_data_rw(mpa);
uint8_t *old_planes[MP_NUM_CHANNELS];
assert(num_planes <= MP_NUM_CHANNELS);
for (int n = 0; n < num_planes; n++)
old_planes[n] = planes[n];
int next_na = 0;
for (int n = 0; n < num_planes; n++)
next_na += newmap->speaker[n] != MP_SPEAKER_ID_NA;
for (int n = 0; n < num_planes; n++) {
int src = reorder[n];
assert(src >= -1 && src < num_planes);
if (src >= 0) {
planes[n] = old_planes[src];
} else {
assert(next_na < num_planes);
planes[n] = old_planes[next_na++];
// The NA planes were never written by avrctx, so clear them.
af_fill_silence(planes[n],
mp_aframe_get_sstride(mpa) * mp_aframe_get_size(mpa),
mp_aframe_get_format(mpa));
}
}
return true;
}
static int resample_frame(struct AVAudioResampleContext *r,
struct mp_aframe *out, struct mp_aframe *in)
{
// Be aware that the channel layout and count can be different for in and
// out frames. In some situations the caller will fix up the frames before
// or after conversion. The sample rates can also be different.
AVFrame *av_i = in ? mp_aframe_get_raw_avframe(in) : NULL;
AVFrame *av_o = out ? mp_aframe_get_raw_avframe(out) : NULL;
return avresample_convert(r,
av_o ? av_o->extended_data : NULL,
av_o ? av_o->linesize[0] : 0,
av_o ? av_o->nb_samples : 0,
av_i ? av_i->extended_data : NULL,
av_i ? av_i->linesize[0] : 0,
av_i ? av_i->nb_samples : 0);
}
static void filter_resample(struct mp_aconverter *p, struct mp_aframe *in)
{
struct mp_aframe *out = NULL;
if (!p->avrctx)
goto error;
int samples = get_out_samples(p, in ? mp_aframe_get_size(in) : 0);
out = mp_aframe_create();
mp_aframe_config_copy(out, p->pool_fmt);
if (mp_aframe_pool_allocate(p->out_pool, out, samples) < 0)
goto error;
int out_samples = 0;
if (samples) {
out_samples = resample_frame(p->avrctx, out, in);
if (out_samples < 0 || out_samples > samples)
goto error;
mp_aframe_set_size(out, out_samples);
}
struct mp_chmap out_chmap;
if (!mp_aframe_get_chmap(p->pool_fmt, &out_chmap))
goto error;
if (!reorder_planes(out, p->reorder_out, &out_chmap))
goto error;
if (!mp_aframe_config_equals(out, p->pre_out_fmt)) {
struct mp_aframe *new = mp_aframe_create();
mp_aframe_config_copy(new, p->pre_out_fmt);
if (mp_aframe_pool_allocate(p->reorder_buffer, new, out_samples) < 0) {
talloc_free(new);
goto error;
}
int got = 0;
if (out_samples)
got = resample_frame(p->avrctx_out, new, out);
talloc_free(out);
out = new;
if (got != out_samples)
goto error;
}
extra_output_conversion(out);
if (in)
mp_aframe_copy_attributes(out, in);
if (out_samples) {
p->output = out;
} else {
talloc_free(out);
}
p->output_eof = !in; // we've read everything
return;
error:
talloc_free(out);
MP_ERR(p, "Error on resampling.\n");
}
static void filter(struct mp_aconverter *p)
{
if (p->output || p->output_eof || !(p->input || p->input_eof))
return;
int new_rate = rate_from_speed(p->in_rate_user, p->playback_speed);
if (p->passthrough_mode && new_rate != p->in_rate)
configure_lavrr(p, false);
if (p->passthrough_mode) {
p->output = p->input;
p->input = NULL;
p->output_eof = p->input_eof;
p->input_eof = false;
return;
}
if (p->avrctx && !(!p->is_resampling && new_rate == p->in_rate)) {
AVRational r = av_d2q(p->playback_speed * p->in_rate_user / p->in_rate,
INT_MAX / 2);
// Essentially, swr/avresample_set_compensation() does 2 things:
// - adjust output sample rate by sample_delta/compensation_distance
// - reset the adjustment after compensation_distance output samples
// Increase the compensation_distance to avoid undesired reset
// semantics - we want to keep the ratio for the whole frame we're
// feeding it, until the next filter() call.
int mult = INT_MAX / 2 / MPMAX(MPMAX(abs(r.num), abs(r.den)), 1);
r = (AVRational){ r.num * mult, r.den * mult };
if (avresample_set_compensation(p->avrctx, r.den - r.num, r.den) >= 0) {
new_rate = p->in_rate;
p->is_resampling = true;
}
}
bool need_reinit = fabs(new_rate / (double)p->in_rate - 1) > 0.01;
if (need_reinit && new_rate != p->in_rate) {
// Before reconfiguring, drain the audio that is still buffered
// in the resampler.
filter_resample(p, NULL);
// Reinitialize resampler.
configure_lavrr(p, false);
p->output_eof = false;
if (p->output)
return; // need to read output before continuing filtering
}
filter_resample(p, p->input);
TA_FREEP(&p->input);
p->input_eof = false;
}
// Queue input. If true, ownership of in passes to mp_aconverted and the input
// was accepted. Otherwise, return false and reject in.
// in==NULL means trigger EOF.
bool mp_aconverter_write_input(struct mp_aconverter *p, struct mp_aframe *in)
{
if (p->input || p->input_eof)
return false;
p->input = in;
p->input_eof = !in;
return true;
}
// Return output frame, or NULL if nothing available.
// *eof is set to true if NULL is returned, and it was due to EOF.
struct mp_aframe *mp_aconverter_read_output(struct mp_aconverter *p, bool *eof)
{
*eof = false;
filter(p);
if (p->output) {
struct mp_aframe *out = p->output;
p->output = NULL;
return out;
}
*eof = p->output_eof;
p->output_eof = false;
return NULL;
}
double mp_aconverter_get_latency(struct mp_aconverter *p)
{
double delay = get_delay(p);
if (p->input)
delay += mp_aframe_duration(p->input);
// In theory this is influenced by playback speed, but other parts of the
// player get it wrong anyway.
if (p->output)
delay += mp_aframe_duration(p->output);
return delay;
}
static void destroy_aconverter(void *ptr)
{
struct mp_aconverter *p = ptr;
close_lavrr(p);
talloc_free(p->input);
talloc_free(p->output);
}
// If opts is not NULL, the pointer must be valid for the lifetime of the
// mp_aconverter.
struct mp_aconverter *mp_aconverter_create(struct mpv_global *global,
struct mp_log *log,
const struct mp_resample_opts *opts)
{
struct mp_aconverter *p = talloc_zero(NULL, struct mp_aconverter);
p->log = log;
p->global = global;
static const struct mp_resample_opts defs = MP_RESAMPLE_OPTS_DEF;
p->opts = opts ? opts : &defs;
p->reorder_buffer = mp_aframe_pool_create(p);
p->out_pool = mp_aframe_pool_create(p);
talloc_set_destructor(p, destroy_aconverter);
return p;
}
-39
View File
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
#pragma once
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "chmap.h"
struct mp_aconverter;
struct mp_aframe;
struct mpv_global;
struct mp_log;
struct mp_resample_opts {
int filter_size;
int phase_shift;
int linear;
double cutoff;
int normalize;
int allow_passthrough;
char **avopts;
};
#define MP_RESAMPLE_OPTS_DEF { \
.filter_size = 16, \
.cutoff = 0.0, \
.phase_shift = 10, \
.normalize = -1, \
}
struct mp_aconverter *mp_aconverter_create(struct mpv_global *global,
struct mp_log *log,
const struct mp_resample_opts *opts);
bool mp_aconverter_reconfig(struct mp_aconverter *p,
int in_rate, int in_format, struct mp_chmap in_channels,
int out_rate, int out_format, struct mp_chmap out_channels);
void mp_aconverter_flush(struct mp_aconverter *p);
void mp_aconverter_set_speed(struct mp_aconverter *p, double speed);
bool mp_aconverter_write_input(struct mp_aconverter *p, struct mp_aframe *in);
struct mp_aframe *mp_aconverter_read_output(struct mp_aconverter *p, bool *eof);
double mp_aconverter_get_latency(struct mp_aconverter *p);
-467
View File
@@ -1,467 +0,0 @@
/*
* This file is part of mpv.
*
* mpv is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* mpv is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
* GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with mpv. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
*/
#include <libavutil/frame.h>
#include <libavutil/mem.h>
#include "common/common.h"
#include "chmap.h"
#include "fmt-conversion.h"
#include "format.h"
#include "aframe.h"
struct mp_aframe {
AVFrame *av_frame;
// We support channel layouts different from AVFrame channel masks
struct mp_chmap chmap;
// We support spdif formats, which are allocated as AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16.
int format;
double pts;
};
static void free_frame(void *ptr)
{
struct mp_aframe *frame = ptr;
av_frame_free(&frame->av_frame);
}
struct mp_aframe *mp_aframe_create(void)
{
struct mp_aframe *frame = talloc_zero(NULL, struct mp_aframe);
frame->pts = MP_NOPTS_VALUE;
frame->av_frame = av_frame_alloc();
if (!frame->av_frame)
abort();
talloc_set_destructor(frame, free_frame);
return frame;
}
struct mp_aframe *mp_aframe_new_ref(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
if (!frame)
return NULL;
struct mp_aframe *dst = mp_aframe_create();
dst->chmap = frame->chmap;
dst->format = frame->format;
dst->pts = frame->pts;
if (mp_aframe_is_allocated(frame)) {
if (av_frame_ref(dst->av_frame, frame->av_frame) < 0)
abort();
} else {
// av_frame_ref() would fail.
mp_aframe_config_copy(dst, frame);
}
return dst;
}
// Revert to state after mp_aframe_create().
void mp_aframe_reset(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
av_frame_unref(frame->av_frame);
frame->chmap.num = 0;
frame->format = 0;
frame->pts = MP_NOPTS_VALUE;
}
// Remove all actual audio data and leave only the metadata.
void mp_aframe_unref_data(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
// In a fucked up way, this is less complex than just unreffing the data.
struct mp_aframe *tmp = mp_aframe_create();
MPSWAP(struct mp_aframe, *tmp, *frame);
mp_aframe_reset(frame);
mp_aframe_config_copy(frame, tmp);
talloc_free(tmp);
}
// Return a new reference to the data in av_frame. av_frame itself is not
// touched. Returns NULL if not representable, or if input is NULL.
// Does not copy the timestamps.
struct mp_aframe *mp_aframe_from_avframe(struct AVFrame *av_frame)
{
if (!av_frame || av_frame->width > 0 || av_frame->height > 0)
return NULL;
int format = af_from_avformat(av_frame->format);
if (!format && av_frame->format != AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE)
return NULL;
struct mp_aframe *frame = mp_aframe_create();
// This also takes care of forcing refcounting.
if (av_frame_ref(frame->av_frame, av_frame) < 0)
abort();
frame->format = format;
mp_chmap_from_lavc(&frame->chmap, frame->av_frame->channel_layout);
#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO >= 100
// FFmpeg being a stupid POS again
if (frame->chmap.num != frame->av_frame->channels)
mp_chmap_from_channels(&frame->chmap, av_frame->channels);
#endif
return frame;
}
// Return a new reference to the data in frame. Returns NULL is not
// representable (), or if input is NULL.
// Does not copy the timestamps.
struct AVFrame *mp_aframe_to_avframe(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
if (!frame)
return NULL;
if (af_to_avformat(frame->format) != frame->av_frame->format)
return NULL;
if (!mp_chmap_is_lavc(&frame->chmap))
return NULL;
return av_frame_clone(frame->av_frame);
}
struct AVFrame *mp_aframe_to_avframe_and_unref(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
AVFrame *av = mp_aframe_to_avframe(frame);
talloc_free(frame);
return av;
}
// You must not use this.
struct AVFrame *mp_aframe_get_raw_avframe(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->av_frame;
}
// Return whether it has associated audio data. (If not, metadata only.)
bool mp_aframe_is_allocated(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->av_frame->buf[0] || frame->av_frame->extended_data[0];
}
// Clear dst, and then copy the configuration to it.
void mp_aframe_config_copy(struct mp_aframe *dst, struct mp_aframe *src)
{
mp_aframe_reset(dst);
dst->chmap = src->chmap;
dst->format = src->format;
mp_aframe_copy_attributes(dst, src);
dst->av_frame->sample_rate = src->av_frame->sample_rate;
dst->av_frame->format = src->av_frame->format;
dst->av_frame->channel_layout = src->av_frame->channel_layout;
#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO >= 100
// FFmpeg being a stupid POS again
dst->av_frame->channels = src->av_frame->channels;
#endif
}
// Copy "soft" attributes from src to dst, excluding things which affect
// frame allocation and organization.
void mp_aframe_copy_attributes(struct mp_aframe *dst, struct mp_aframe *src)
{
dst->pts = src->pts;
int rate = dst->av_frame->sample_rate;
if (av_frame_copy_props(dst->av_frame, src->av_frame) < 0)
abort();
dst->av_frame->sample_rate = rate;
}
// Return whether a and b use the same physical audio format. Extra metadata
// such as PTS, per-frame signalling, and AVFrame side data is not compared.
bool mp_aframe_config_equals(struct mp_aframe *a, struct mp_aframe *b)
{
struct mp_chmap ca = {0}, cb = {0};
mp_aframe_get_chmap(a, &ca);
mp_aframe_get_chmap(b, &cb);
return mp_chmap_equals(&ca, &cb) &&
mp_aframe_get_rate(a) == mp_aframe_get_rate(b) &&
mp_aframe_get_format(a) == mp_aframe_get_format(b);
}
// Return whether all required format fields have been set.
bool mp_aframe_config_is_valid(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->format && frame->chmap.num && frame->av_frame->sample_rate;
}
// Return the pointer to the first sample for each plane. The pointers stay
// valid until the next call that mutates frame somehow. You must not write to
// the audio data. Returns NULL if no frame allocated.
uint8_t **mp_aframe_get_data_ro(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return mp_aframe_is_allocated(frame) ? frame->av_frame->extended_data : NULL;
}
// Like mp_aframe_get_data_ro(), but you can write to the audio data.
// Additionally, it will return NULL if copy-on-write fails.
uint8_t **mp_aframe_get_data_rw(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
if (!mp_aframe_is_allocated(frame))
return NULL;
if (av_frame_make_writable(frame->av_frame) < 0)
return NULL;
return frame->av_frame->extended_data;
}
int mp_aframe_get_format(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->format;
}
bool mp_aframe_get_chmap(struct mp_aframe *frame, struct mp_chmap *out)
{
if (!mp_chmap_is_valid(&frame->chmap))
return false;
*out = frame->chmap;
return true;
}
int mp_aframe_get_channels(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->chmap.num;
}
int mp_aframe_get_rate(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->av_frame->sample_rate;
}
int mp_aframe_get_size(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->av_frame->nb_samples;
}
double mp_aframe_get_pts(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->pts;
}
bool mp_aframe_set_format(struct mp_aframe *frame, int format)
{
if (mp_aframe_is_allocated(frame))
return false;
enum AVSampleFormat av_format = af_to_avformat(format);
if (av_format == AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE && format) {
if (!af_fmt_is_spdif(format))
return false;
av_format = AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16;
}
frame->format = format;
frame->av_frame->format = av_format;
return true;
}
bool mp_aframe_set_chmap(struct mp_aframe *frame, struct mp_chmap *in)
{
if (!mp_chmap_is_valid(in) && !mp_chmap_is_empty(in))
return false;
if (mp_aframe_is_allocated(frame) && in->num != frame->chmap.num)
return false;
uint64_t lavc_layout = mp_chmap_to_lavc_unchecked(in);
if (!lavc_layout && in->num)
return false;
frame->chmap = *in;
frame->av_frame->channel_layout = lavc_layout;
#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO >= 100
// FFmpeg being a stupid POS again
frame->av_frame->channels = frame->chmap.num;
#endif
return true;
}
bool mp_aframe_set_rate(struct mp_aframe *frame, int rate)
{
if (rate < 1 || rate > 10000000)
return false;
frame->av_frame->sample_rate = rate;
return true;
}
bool mp_aframe_set_size(struct mp_aframe *frame, int samples)
{
if (!mp_aframe_is_allocated(frame) || mp_aframe_get_size(frame) < samples)
return false;
frame->av_frame->nb_samples = MPMAX(samples, 0);
return true;
}
void mp_aframe_set_pts(struct mp_aframe *frame, double pts)
{
frame->pts = pts;
}
// Return number of data pointers.
int mp_aframe_get_planes(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return af_fmt_is_planar(mp_aframe_get_format(frame))
? mp_aframe_get_channels(frame) : 1;
}
// Return number of bytes between 2 consecutive samples on the same plane.
size_t mp_aframe_get_sstride(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
int format = mp_aframe_get_format(frame);
return af_fmt_to_bytes(format) *
(af_fmt_is_planar(format) ? 1 : mp_aframe_get_channels(frame));
}
// Return total number of samples on each plane.
int mp_aframe_get_total_plane_samples(struct mp_aframe *frame)
{
return frame->av_frame->nb_samples *
(af_fmt_is_planar(mp_aframe_get_format(frame))
? 1 : mp_aframe_get_channels(frame));
}
// Set data to the audio after the given number of samples (i.e. slice it).
void mp_aframe_skip_samples(struct mp_aframe *f, int samples)
{
assert(samples >= 0 && samples <= mp_aframe_get_size(f));
int num_planes = mp_aframe_get_planes(f);
size_t sstride = mp_aframe_get_sstride(f);
for (int n = 0; n < num_planes; n++)
f->av_frame->extended_data[n] += samples * sstride;
f->av_frame->nb_samples -= samples;
if (f->pts != MP_NOPTS_VALUE)
f->pts += samples / (double)mp_aframe_get_rate(f);
}
// Return the timestamp of the sample just after the end of this frame.
double mp_aframe_end_pts(struct mp_aframe *f)
{
int rate = mp_aframe_get_rate(f);
if (f->pts == MP_NOPTS_VALUE || rate < 1)
return MP_NOPTS_VALUE;
return f->pts + f->av_frame->nb_samples / (double)rate;
}
// Return the duration in seconds of the frame (0 if invalid).
double mp_aframe_duration(struct mp_aframe *f)
{
int rate = mp_aframe_get_rate(f);
if (rate < 1)
return 0;
return f->av_frame->nb_samples / (double)rate;
}
// Clip the given frame to the given timestamp range. Adjusts the frame size
// and timestamp.
void mp_aframe_clip_timestamps(struct mp_aframe *f, double start, double end)
{
double f_end = mp_aframe_end_pts(f);
int rate = mp_aframe_get_rate(f);
if (f_end == MP_NOPTS_VALUE)
return;
if (end != MP_NOPTS_VALUE) {
if (f_end >= end) {
if (f->pts >= end) {
f->av_frame->nb_samples = 0;
} else {
int new = (end - f->pts) * rate;
f->av_frame->nb_samples = MPCLAMP(new, 0, f->av_frame->nb_samples);
}
}
}
if (start != MP_NOPTS_VALUE) {
if (f->pts < start) {
if (f_end <= start) {
f->av_frame->nb_samples = 0;
f->pts = f_end;
} else {
int skip = (start - f->pts) * rate;
skip = MPCLAMP(skip, 0, f->av_frame->nb_samples);
mp_aframe_skip_samples(f, skip);
}
}
}
}
struct mp_aframe_pool {
AVBufferPool *avpool;
int element_size;
};
struct mp_aframe_pool *mp_aframe_pool_create(void *ta_parent)
{
return talloc_zero(ta_parent, struct mp_aframe_pool);
}
static void mp_aframe_pool_destructor(void *p)
{
struct mp_aframe_pool *pool = p;
av_buffer_pool_uninit(&pool->avpool);
}
// Like mp_aframe_allocate(), but use the pool to allocate data.
int mp_aframe_pool_allocate(struct mp_aframe_pool *pool, struct mp_aframe *frame,
int samples)
{
int planes = mp_aframe_get_planes(frame);
size_t sstride = mp_aframe_get_sstride(frame);
int plane_size = MP_ALIGN_UP(sstride * MPMAX(samples, 1), 32);
int size = plane_size * planes;
if (size <= 0 || mp_aframe_is_allocated(frame))
return -1;
if (!pool->avpool || size > pool->element_size) {
size_t alloc = ta_calc_prealloc_elems(size);
if (alloc >= INT_MAX)
return -1;
av_buffer_pool_uninit(&pool->avpool);
pool->element_size = alloc;
pool->avpool = av_buffer_pool_init(pool->element_size, NULL);
if (!pool->avpool)
return -1;
talloc_set_destructor(pool, mp_aframe_pool_destructor);
}
// Yes, you have to do all this shit manually.
// At least it's less stupid than av_frame_get_buffer(), which just wipes
// the entire frame struct on error for no reason.
AVFrame *av_frame = frame->av_frame;
if (av_frame->extended_data != av_frame->data)
av_freep(&av_frame->extended_data); // sigh
av_frame->extended_data =
av_mallocz_array(planes, sizeof(av_frame->extended_data[0]));
if (!av_frame->extended_data)
abort();
av_frame->buf[0] = av_buffer_pool_get(pool->avpool);
if (!av_frame->buf[0])
return -1;
av_frame->linesize[0] = samples * sstride;
for (int n = 0; n < planes; n++)
av_frame->extended_data[n] = av_frame->buf[0]->data + n * plane_size;
av_frame->nb_samples = samples;
return 0;
}
-56
View File
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
#pragma once
#include <stdint.h>
struct mp_aframe;
struct AVFrame;
struct mp_chmap;
struct mp_aframe *mp_aframe_from_avframe(struct AVFrame *av_frame);
struct mp_aframe *mp_aframe_create(void);
struct mp_aframe *mp_aframe_new_ref(struct mp_aframe *frame);
void mp_aframe_reset(struct mp_aframe *frame);
void mp_aframe_unref_data(struct mp_aframe *frame);
struct AVFrame *mp_aframe_to_avframe(struct mp_aframe *frame);
struct AVFrame *mp_aframe_to_avframe_and_unref(struct mp_aframe *frame);
struct AVFrame *mp_aframe_get_raw_avframe(struct mp_aframe *frame);
bool mp_aframe_is_allocated(struct mp_aframe *frame);
void mp_aframe_config_copy(struct mp_aframe *dst, struct mp_aframe *src);
bool mp_aframe_config_equals(struct mp_aframe *a, struct mp_aframe *b);
bool mp_aframe_config_is_valid(struct mp_aframe *frame);
void mp_aframe_copy_attributes(struct mp_aframe *dst, struct mp_aframe *src);
uint8_t **mp_aframe_get_data_ro(struct mp_aframe *frame);
uint8_t **mp_aframe_get_data_rw(struct mp_aframe *frame);
int mp_aframe_get_format(struct mp_aframe *frame);
bool mp_aframe_get_chmap(struct mp_aframe *frame, struct mp_chmap *out);
int mp_aframe_get_channels(struct mp_aframe *frame);
int mp_aframe_get_rate(struct mp_aframe *frame);
int mp_aframe_get_size(struct mp_aframe *frame);
double mp_aframe_get_pts(struct mp_aframe *frame);
bool mp_aframe_set_format(struct mp_aframe *frame, int format);
bool mp_aframe_set_chmap(struct mp_aframe *frame, struct mp_chmap *in);
bool mp_aframe_set_rate(struct mp_aframe *frame, int rate);
bool mp_aframe_set_size(struct mp_aframe *frame, int samples);
void mp_aframe_set_pts(struct mp_aframe *frame, double pts);
int mp_aframe_get_planes(struct mp_aframe *frame);
int mp_aframe_get_total_plane_samples(struct mp_aframe *frame);
size_t mp_aframe_get_sstride(struct mp_aframe *frame);
void mp_aframe_skip_samples(struct mp_aframe *f, int samples);
double mp_aframe_end_pts(struct mp_aframe *f);
double mp_aframe_duration(struct mp_aframe *f);
void mp_aframe_clip_timestamps(struct mp_aframe *f, double start, double end);
struct mp_aframe_pool;
struct mp_aframe_pool *mp_aframe_pool_create(void *ta_parent);
int mp_aframe_pool_allocate(struct mp_aframe_pool *pool, struct mp_aframe *frame,
int samples);
+3 -59
View File
@@ -29,7 +29,6 @@
#include "common/common.h"
#include "fmt-conversion.h"
#include "audio.h"
#include "aframe.h"
static void update_redundant_info(struct mp_audio *mpa)
{
@@ -358,8 +357,8 @@ struct mp_audio *mp_audio_from_avframe(struct AVFrame *avframe)
#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO >= 100
// FFmpeg being stupid POS again
if (lavc_chmap.num != avframe->channels)
mp_chmap_from_channels(&lavc_chmap, avframe->channels);
if (lavc_chmap.num != av_frame_get_channels(avframe))
mp_chmap_from_channels(&lavc_chmap, av_frame_get_channels(avframe));
#endif
new->rate = avframe->sample_rate;
@@ -404,61 +403,6 @@ fail:
return NULL;
}
struct mp_audio *mp_audio_from_aframe(struct mp_aframe *aframe)
{
if (!aframe)
return NULL;
struct AVFrame *av = mp_aframe_get_raw_avframe(aframe);
struct mp_audio *res = mp_audio_from_avframe(av);
if (!res)
return NULL;
struct mp_chmap chmap = {0};
mp_aframe_get_chmap(aframe, &chmap);
mp_audio_set_channels(res, &chmap);
mp_audio_set_format(res, mp_aframe_get_format(aframe));
res->pts = mp_aframe_get_pts(aframe);
return res;
}
void mp_audio_config_from_aframe(struct mp_audio *dst, struct mp_aframe *src)
{
*dst = (struct mp_audio){0};
struct mp_chmap chmap = {0};
mp_aframe_get_chmap(src, &chmap);
mp_audio_set_channels(dst, &chmap);
mp_audio_set_format(dst, mp_aframe_get_format(src));
dst->rate = mp_aframe_get_rate(src);
}
struct mp_aframe *mp_audio_to_aframe(struct mp_audio *mpa)
{
if (!mpa)
return NULL;
struct mp_aframe *aframe = mp_aframe_create();
struct AVFrame *av = mp_aframe_get_raw_avframe(aframe);
mp_aframe_set_format(aframe, mpa->format);
mp_aframe_set_chmap(aframe, &mpa->channels);
mp_aframe_set_rate(aframe, mpa->rate);
// bullshit it into ffmpeg-compatible parameters
struct mp_audio mpb = *mpa;
struct mp_chmap chmap;
mp_chmap_set_unknown(&chmap, mpb.channels.num);
mp_audio_set_channels(&mpb, &chmap);
if (af_fmt_is_spdif(mpb.format))
mp_audio_set_format(&mpb, AF_FORMAT_S16);
// put the reference into av, which magically puts it into aframe
// aframe keeps its parameters, so the bullshit doesn't matter
if (mp_audio_to_avframe(&mpb, av) < 0) {
talloc_free(aframe);
return NULL;
}
return aframe;
}
int mp_audio_to_avframe(struct mp_audio *frame, struct AVFrame *avframe)
{
av_frame_unref(avframe);
@@ -473,7 +417,7 @@ int mp_audio_to_avframe(struct mp_audio *frame, struct AVFrame *avframe)
goto fail;
#if LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO >= 100
// FFmpeg being a stupid POS again
avframe->channels = frame->channels.num;
av_frame_set_channels(avframe, frame->channels.num);
#endif
avframe->sample_rate = frame->rate;
-7
View File
@@ -83,11 +83,6 @@ struct mp_audio *mp_audio_from_avframe(struct AVFrame *avframe);
struct AVFrame *mp_audio_to_avframe_and_unref(struct mp_audio *frame);
int mp_audio_to_avframe(struct mp_audio *frame, struct AVFrame *avframe);
struct mp_aframe;
struct mp_audio *mp_audio_from_aframe(struct mp_aframe *aframe);
void mp_audio_config_from_aframe(struct mp_audio *dst, struct mp_aframe *src);
struct mp_aframe *mp_audio_to_aframe(struct mp_audio *mpa);
struct mp_audio_pool;
struct mp_audio_pool *mp_audio_pool_create(void *ta_parent);
struct mp_audio *mp_audio_pool_get(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
@@ -97,6 +92,4 @@ struct mp_audio *mp_audio_pool_new_copy(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
int mp_audio_pool_make_writeable(struct mp_audio_pool *pool,
struct mp_audio *frame);
#include "filter/af.h"
#endif
+70 -66
View File
@@ -21,137 +21,141 @@
#include "common/common.h"
#include "chmap.h"
#include "audio_buffer.h"
#include "audio.h"
#include "format.h"
struct mp_audio_buffer {
int format;
struct mp_chmap channels;
int srate;
int sstride;
int num_planes;
uint8_t *data[MP_NUM_CHANNELS];
int allocated;
int num_samples;
struct mp_audio *buffer;
};
struct mp_audio_buffer *mp_audio_buffer_create(void *talloc_ctx)
{
return talloc_zero(talloc_ctx, struct mp_audio_buffer);
struct mp_audio_buffer *ab = talloc(talloc_ctx, struct mp_audio_buffer);
*ab = (struct mp_audio_buffer) {
.buffer = talloc_zero(ab, struct mp_audio),
};
return ab;
}
// Reinitialize the buffer, set a new format, drop old data.
// The audio data in fmt is not used, only the format.
void mp_audio_buffer_reinit(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *fmt)
{
mp_audio_copy_config(ab->buffer, fmt);
mp_audio_realloc(ab->buffer, 1);
ab->buffer->samples = 0;
}
void mp_audio_buffer_reinit_fmt(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int format,
const struct mp_chmap *channels, int srate)
{
for (int n = 0; n < MP_NUM_CHANNELS; n++)
TA_FREEP(&ab->data[n]);
ab->format = format;
ab->channels = *channels;
ab->srate = srate;
ab->allocated = 0;
ab->num_samples = 0;
ab->sstride = af_fmt_to_bytes(ab->format);
ab->num_planes = 1;
if (af_fmt_is_planar(ab->format)) {
ab->num_planes = ab->channels.num;
} else {
ab->sstride *= ab->channels.num;
}
struct mp_audio mpa = {0};
mp_audio_set_format(&mpa, format);
mp_audio_set_channels(&mpa, channels);
mpa.rate = srate;
mp_audio_buffer_reinit(ab, &mpa);
}
void mp_audio_buffer_get_format(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab,
struct mp_audio *out_fmt)
{
*out_fmt = (struct mp_audio){0};
mp_audio_copy_config(out_fmt, ab->buffer);
}
// Make the total size of the internal buffer at least this number of samples.
void mp_audio_buffer_preallocate_min(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples)
{
if (samples > ab->allocated) {
for (int n = 0; n < ab->num_planes; n++) {
ab->data[n] = talloc_realloc(ab, ab->data[n], char,
ab->sstride * samples);
}
ab->allocated = samples;
}
mp_audio_realloc_min(ab->buffer, samples);
}
// Get number of samples that can be written without forcing a resize of the
// internal buffer.
int mp_audio_buffer_get_write_available(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab)
{
return ab->allocated - ab->num_samples;
return mp_audio_get_allocated_size(ab->buffer) - ab->buffer->samples;
}
// All integer parameters are in samples.
// dst and src can overlap.
static void copy_planes(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab,
uint8_t **dst, int dst_offset,
uint8_t **src, int src_offset, int length)
// Get a pointer to the end of the buffer (where writing would append). If the
// internal buffer is too small for the given number of samples, it's resized.
// After writing to the buffer, mp_audio_buffer_finish_write() has to be used
// to make the written data part of the readable buffer.
void mp_audio_buffer_get_write_buffer(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples,
struct mp_audio *out_buffer)
{
for (int n = 0; n < ab->num_planes; n++) {
memmove((char *)dst[n] + dst_offset * ab->sstride,
(char *)src[n] + src_offset * ab->sstride,
length * ab->sstride);
}
assert(samples >= 0);
mp_audio_realloc_min(ab->buffer, ab->buffer->samples + samples);
*out_buffer = *ab->buffer;
out_buffer->samples = ab->buffer->samples + samples;
mp_audio_skip_samples(out_buffer, ab->buffer->samples);
}
void mp_audio_buffer_finish_write(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples)
{
assert(samples >= 0 && samples <= mp_audio_buffer_get_write_available(ab));
ab->buffer->samples += samples;
}
// Append data to the end of the buffer.
// If the buffer is not large enough, it is transparently resized.
void mp_audio_buffer_append(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, void **ptr, int samples)
// For now always copies the data.
void mp_audio_buffer_append(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *mpa)
{
mp_audio_buffer_preallocate_min(ab, ab->num_samples + samples);
copy_planes(ab, ab->data, ab->num_samples, (uint8_t **)ptr, 0, samples);
ab->num_samples += samples;
int offset = ab->buffer->samples;
ab->buffer->samples += mpa->samples;
mp_audio_realloc_min(ab->buffer, ab->buffer->samples);
mp_audio_copy(ab->buffer, offset, mpa, 0, mpa->samples);
}
// Prepend silence to the start of the buffer.
void mp_audio_buffer_prepend_silence(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples)
{
assert(samples >= 0);
mp_audio_buffer_preallocate_min(ab, ab->num_samples + samples);
copy_planes(ab, ab->data, samples, ab->data, 0, ab->num_samples);
ab->num_samples += samples;
for (int n = 0; n < ab->num_planes; n++)
af_fill_silence(ab->data[n], samples * ab->sstride, ab->format);
int oldlen = ab->buffer->samples;
ab->buffer->samples += samples;
mp_audio_realloc_min(ab->buffer, ab->buffer->samples);
mp_audio_copy(ab->buffer, samples, ab->buffer, 0, oldlen);
mp_audio_fill_silence(ab->buffer, 0, samples);
}
void mp_audio_buffer_duplicate(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples)
{
assert(samples >= 0 && samples <= ab->num_samples);
mp_audio_buffer_preallocate_min(ab, ab->num_samples + samples);
copy_planes(ab, ab->data, ab->num_samples,
ab->data, ab->num_samples - samples, samples);
ab->num_samples += samples;
assert(samples >= 0 && samples <= ab->buffer->samples);
int oldlen = ab->buffer->samples;
ab->buffer->samples += samples;
mp_audio_realloc_min(ab->buffer, ab->buffer->samples);
mp_audio_copy(ab->buffer, oldlen, ab->buffer, oldlen - samples, samples);
}
// Get the start of the current readable buffer.
void mp_audio_buffer_peek(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, uint8_t ***ptr,
int *samples)
void mp_audio_buffer_peek(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *out_mpa)
{
*ptr = ab->data;
*samples = ab->num_samples;
*out_mpa = *ab->buffer;
}
// Skip leading samples. (Used with mp_audio_buffer_peek() to read data.)
void mp_audio_buffer_skip(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples)
{
assert(samples >= 0 && samples <= ab->num_samples);
copy_planes(ab, ab->data, 0, ab->data, samples, ab->num_samples - samples);
ab->num_samples -= samples;
assert(samples >= 0 && samples <= ab->buffer->samples);
mp_audio_copy(ab->buffer, 0, ab->buffer, samples,
ab->buffer->samples - samples);
ab->buffer->samples -= samples;
}
void mp_audio_buffer_clear(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab)
{
ab->num_samples = 0;
ab->buffer->samples = 0;
}
// Return number of buffered audio samples
int mp_audio_buffer_samples(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab)
{
return ab->num_samples;
return ab->buffer->samples;
}
// Return amount of buffered audio in seconds.
double mp_audio_buffer_seconds(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab)
{
return ab->num_samples / (double)ab->srate;
return ab->buffer->samples / (double)ab->buffer->rate;
}
+9 -3
View File
@@ -19,18 +19,24 @@
#define MP_AUDIO_BUFFER_H
struct mp_audio_buffer;
struct mp_audio;
struct mp_chmap;
struct mp_audio_buffer *mp_audio_buffer_create(void *talloc_ctx);
void mp_audio_buffer_reinit(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *fmt);
void mp_audio_buffer_reinit_fmt(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int format,
const struct mp_chmap *channels, int srate);
void mp_audio_buffer_get_format(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab,
struct mp_audio *out_fmt);
void mp_audio_buffer_preallocate_min(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
int mp_audio_buffer_get_write_available(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab);
void mp_audio_buffer_append(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, void **ptr, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_get_write_buffer(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int minsamples,
struct mp_audio *out_buffer);
void mp_audio_buffer_finish_write(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_append(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *mpa);
void mp_audio_buffer_prepend_silence(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_duplicate(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_peek(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, uint8_t ***ptr,
int *samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_peek(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, struct mp_audio *out_mpa);
void mp_audio_buffer_skip(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab, int samples);
void mp_audio_buffer_clear(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab);
int mp_audio_buffer_samples(struct mp_audio_buffer *ab);
Loaded 100 of 595 files, more files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff. Show more